Table of contents

Product life cycle dates Technical description Abstract Publications Highlights Features Description Accessories Models Supplies

Product life cycle dates

Back to top

Abstract

The IBM 8408 is a Power System E850 server that offers new levels of performance, price/ performance, and function with POWER8 technology for clients using a 4-socket server. The Power E850 server impressively provides up to 48 POWER8 cores, up to 4 TB of memory, up to 51 Gen3 PCIe slots, integrated SAS controllers for integrated disk/SSD/ DVD bays, and up to over 1,500 SAS bays for disk/SSD with EXP24S I/O drawers.

In addition to extensive hardware configuration flexibility, the Power E850 server offers elastic capacity on demand for both cores and memory, Active Memory Expansion, and Active Memory Mirroring for Hypervisor. The E850 supports AIX and Linux operating systems and PowerVM Standard and Enterprise. The Power System E850is a logical follow on to the Power System 750 and 760.

The Power E850 server uses high-performance, enterprise-class 1600 MHz DDR3 memory packaged as CDIMMs with L4 cache. CDIMM features are 16 GB, 32 GB, 64 GB, or 128 GB. A two-processor module configuration provides 16 CDIMM slots. A three-processor module configuration provides 24 CDIMM slots. A four-processor module configuration provides 32 CDIMM slots and a maximum of 4 terabytes.

Capacity on demand (CoD) processor and memory allows additional resource to be physically installed at low cost. The additional resource can be very quickly activated, either temporarily or permanently, to meet changing business needs while avoiding downtime. Any temporary activations are paid for after it is used. A minimum of two processor modules of processor cores must be permanently activated, and a minimum of 50% of the physical memory must be permanently activated.

Up to 11 PCIe Gen3 slots are provided in the system unit. The number of PCIe slots depends on the number of processor modules. Two processor modules provide seven PCIe slots. Three processor modules provide nine PCIe slots. Four processor modules provide 11 PCIe slots. One of the slots contains an Ethernet LAN adapter. Up to 40 additional PCIe Gen3 slots can be added using PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers. A two-processor module system can attach up to two PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers and provide up to 27 PCIe slots. A three-processor module system can attach up to three PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers and provide up to 39 PCIe slots. A four-processor module system can attach up to four PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers and provide up to 51 PCIe slots.

The E850 has been designed and built to provide strong reliability, availability, and serviceability characteristics. These include POWER8 chip capabilities, memory protection, multiple SAS storage protection options, hot plug SAS bays, hot plug PCIe slots, redundant and hot plug power supplies and cooling fans, redundant and spare internal cooling fans, hotplug Time of Day battery and even highly resilient architecture for power regulators.

The Power E850 server supports the IBM Solution Editions for SAP HANA offering.

Model abstract 8408-E8E

The IBM 8408 Power System E850 Model E8E provides the following: 8, 10 or 12 POWER8 processor cores, up to 4TB High-performance DDR4 memory with L4 cache, Gen3 PCIe slots, Integrated system unit SAS controllers for integrated disk/SSD/DVD bays, ability to attach additional storage and supports AIX and Linux operating systems.

Back to top

Highlights

The Power E850(8408-E8E) provides:

• IBM POWER8 processor module with 8, 10, or 12 POWER8 processor cores
  • 8-core processor modules provide up to 32 cores at 3.72 GHz
  • 10-core processor modules provide up to 40 cores at 3.35 GHz
  • 12-core processor modules provide up to 48 cores at 3.02 GHz
• 128 GB to 4 TB high-performance double data rate (DDR) memory
  • A two-processor module configuration provides 16 CDIMM slots.
  • A three-processor module configuration provides 24 CDIMM slots.
  • A four-processor module configuration provides 32 CDIMM slots and a server maximum of 4 TB.
• Gen3 PCIe slots
  • System unit supports up to 11 PCIe Gen3 slots.
  • PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers support up to 40 additional PCIe Gen3 slots.
• Integrated system unit SAS controllers for integrated disk/SSD/DVD bays
  • Eight SFF-3 (2.5 in.) SAS bays for HDD or SSD plus four 1.8-inch SSD bays and a DVD bay
  • Easy Tier functionality for mixed HDD/SSD configurations
• Additional storage can be attached
  • Up to 1,536 SFF-2 bays for HDD and SSD with 64 EXP24S I/O drawers
  • Fibre Channel and LAN adapters
• Elastic capacity on demand for both cores and memory
• PowerVM Standard and Enterprise
• Active Memory Expansion and Active Memory Mirroring for Hypervisor
• Designed and built to provide strong reliability, availability, and serviceability characteristics
• Packaged in a standard 19-inch rack-mount 4U drawer
• IBM AIX and Linux operating systems

Back to top

Description

Summary of features

The following is a summary of Power E850 features:

• The Power E850 server supports 16 to 48 processor cores with two to four POWER8 processor modules:
  • 8-core 3.72 GHz Processor Module (#EPV2)
  • 10-core 3.35 GHz Processor Module (#EPV6)
  • 12-core 3.02 GHz Processor Module (#EPV4)
• 128 GB to 4 TB high-performance DDR3 memory with L4 cache:
  • 16 GB CDIMM Memory (#EM86)
  • 32 GB CDIMM Memory (#EM87)
  • 64 GB CDIMM Memory (#EM88)
  • 128GB CDIMM Memory (#EM8S)
  • Optional Active Memory Expansion (#4798)
• Choice of three storage backplane features with different integrated SAS RAID controller options. All backplane options have eight SFF-3 SAS bays, four 1.8-inch SSD bays and one DVD bay. All backplane options offer Easy Tier function for mixed HDD/SSD arrays.
  • Dual SAS Controller Backplane, with 7.2 GB write cache (#EPVN)
  • Dual SAS Controller Backplane, without write cache (#EPVP)
  • Split Disk Backplane (two single SAS controllers), without write cache (#EPVQ)
• Up to 11 hot-swap PCIe Gen3 slots in the system unit:
  • Three adapter slots - x8 Gen3 full height, half length.
  • Four, six, or eight x16 Gen3 full-height, half-length adapter slots.
  • With two processor modules, there are seven PCIe slots; with three modules, there are nine PCIe slots; and with four modules, there are 11 PCIe slots in the system unit.
  • One x8 PCIe slot is used for a LAN adapter.
• The PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) expands the number of full-high, hot-swap Gen3 slots:
  • Up to two PCIe3 drawers with two processor modules (maximum 27 slots on the server)
  • Up to three PCIe3 drawers with three processor modules (maximum 39 slots on the server)
  • Up to four PCIe3 drawers with four processor modules (maximum 51 slots on the server)
• Up to 64 EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawers (#5887) can be attached, providing up to 1,536 SAS bays for disk or SSD.
• System unit I/O (integrated I/O)
  • USB ports: four 3.0 (two front/two rear) for general use and 2.0 (rear) for limited use
  • HMC ports: two 1 GbE RJ45
  • System (serial) port: one RJ45
• Hot-plug, redundant power supplies, either ac or dc
  • 4 - AC Power Supply 1400W (200-240 V) (#EN2M)

The E850 has been designed and built to provide strong reliability, availability, and serviceability characteristics. These include POWER8 chip capabilities, memory protection, multiple SAS storage protection options, hot-plug SAS bays, hot-plug PCIe slots, redundant and hot-plug power supplies and cooling fans, and even highly resilient architecture for power regulators.

• Other features:
  • Second-generation service processor
  • Hot-plug SAS bays and PCIe slots
  • Redundant and hot-plug power supplies and fans
  • Optional Active Memory Mirroring for Hypervisor (#EM81)
  • Highly resilient power regulator architecture
• System unit only 4U in a 19-inch rack-mount hardware
• Primary operating systems:
  • AIX (#2146) (small tier licensing)
  • Linux (#2147): RHEL, SLES, and Ubuntu

Processor modules

• The Power E850 server supports 16 to 48 processor cores:
  • 8-core 3.72 GHz (#EPV2)
  • 10-core 3.35 GHz (#EPV6)
  • 12-core 3.02 GHz (#EPV4)
• A minimum of two and a maximum of four processor modules are required for each system. The third and fourth module can be added to a system at a later time through an MES order, but will require scheduled downtime to install. All processor modules in one server must be the same gigahertz (same processor module feature number). They cannot be mixed.
• Permanent CoD processor core activations are required for the first two processor modules in the configuration and are optional for the third and fourth modules. Specifically:
  • Two, three, or four 8-core, 3.72 GHz processor modules (#EPV2) require 16 processor core activations (#EPV9) at a minimum.
  • Two, three, or four 10-core, 3.35 GHz processor modules (#EPV6) require 20 processor core activations (#EPVH) at a minimum.
  • Two, three, or four 12-core, 3.02 GHz processor modules (#EPV4) require 24 processor core activations (#EPVD) at a minimum.
• Temporary CoD capabilities are optionally used for processor cores that are not permanently activated:
  • 90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement (#EP9T).
  • 1 and 100 Processor Day Elastic CoD billing for #EPV2 (#EPJW, #EPJX).
  • 1 and 100 Processor Day Elastic CoD billing for #EPV4 (#EPK0, #EPK1).
  • 1 and 100 Processor Day Elastic CoD billing for #EPV6 (#EPK3, #EPK4).
  • 100 Processor-minutes Utility CoD billing: for #EPV2 (#EPJY), for #EPV4 (#EPK2), or for #EPV4 (#EPK5).
  • An HMC is required for temporary CoD.

System memory

• 128 GB to 4 TB high-performance 1600 MHz DDR3 or DDR4 ECC memory with L4 cache:
  • 16 GB CDIMM DDR3 Memory (#EM86)
  • 32 GB CDIMM DDR3 Memory (#EM87)
  • 64 GB CDIMM DDR3 Memory (#EM88)
  • 128GB CDIMM DDR4 Memory (#EM8S)
• As the customer memory requirements increase, the system capabilities are increased as follows:
  • With two processor modules installed, 16 CDIMM slots are available, minimum memory is 128 GB.
  • With three modules, 24 CDIMM slots are available, minimum memory is 192 GB.
  • With four modules 32 CDIMM slots are available, minimum memory is 256 GB. Four CDIMMs are available per socket. The more CDIMM slots that are filled, the larger the available bandwidth available to the server.
  • Permanent CoD memory activations are required for at least 50% of the physically installed memory and not less than 128 GB activated. For example, for a system with two processor modules installed, no less than 128 GB must be activated. For a system with three processor modules installed, 50% of physically installed memory, but not less than 128 GB must be activated, which ever is larger. Use 1 GB activation (#EMAA) and 100 GB activation (#EMAB) features to order permanent memory activations.
  • Memory is ordered in pairs of the same memory feature. Both CDIMMs of a CDIMM pair must be installed in the slots supporting one processor. Different size pairs can be mixed on the same processor module's slots. For optimal performance, all pairs would be the same size. Also for optimal performance, generally the amount of memory per processor module would be the same or about the same.
  • Temporary CoD for memory is available for memory capacity that is not permanently activated:
  • 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement (#EM9T).
  • 8, 800, and 999 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory (#EMJA, #EMJB, #EMJC).
  • Feature DDR4 Memory Enablement (plant) (#EMEE ) can not be ordered as MES or Bulk MES, use feature DDR4 Memory Enablement (field) (## EMED ) instead

I/O support

PCIe slots

The Power E850 server has up to 11 PCIe hot-plug Gen3 slots, providing excellent configuration flexibility and expandability. Eight adapter slots are x16 Gen3, and three adapter slots are x8 Gen3. All adapter slots are full height, half length.

The number of slots supported vary by the number of processor modules.

Processor processor modules   2      3      4
                              socket socket socket
----------------------------- ------ ------ ------
x16 Gen3 slots (CAPI capable) 4      6      8
x8 Gen3 slots                 3      3      3

Notes:

• At least one PCIe Ethernet adapter is required on the server by IBM to ensure proper manufacture and test of the server. One of the x8 PCIe slots is used for this required adapter, identified as the C11 slot.
• Blind swap cassettes (BSC) are not used for adapters in the system unit.
• All PCIe slots in the system unit are SR-IOV capable.

The x16 slots can provide up to twice the bandwidth of x8 slots because they offer twice as many PCIe lanes. PCIe Gen3 slots can support up to twice the bandwidth of a PCIe Gen2 slot and up to four times the bandwidth of a PCIe Gen1 slot, assuming an equivalent number of PCIe lanes. PCIe Gen1 and PCIe Gen2 adapters can be plugged into a PCIe Gen3 slot, if that adapter is supported. x16 slots can be used to attach PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion drawers.

These servers are smarter than earlier servers about energy efficiency for cooling the PCIe adapter environment. They can sense which IBM PCIe adapters are installed in their PCIe slots. If an adapter is known to require higher levels of cooling, they automatically speed up fans to increase airflow across the PCIe adapters. In contrast, POWER7 servers required the user to enter a "nonacoustic mode" command to speed up the fans. Note that faster fans increase the sound level of the server.

SAS bays and storage backplane options

Clients have a choice of three storage features with eight SFF disk bays, four x 1.8-inch disk bays and one DVD bay:

• Dual Controller Disk Backplane, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 5T2, 6T2, and 10T2 with write cache (#EPVN) . The pair of controllers handle all twelve integrated SAS bays and DVD bay.
• Dual Controller Disk Backplane, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 5T2, 6T2, and 10T2 without write cache (#EPVP) . The pair of controllers handle all twelve integrated SAS bays and DVD bay.
• Split Disk Backplane (two single controllers), RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, and 10T2 without write cache (#EPVQ) (This is the eConfig default.) Each one of the two controllers handles four SFF-3 and two 1.8-inch SAS bays. One of the controllers handles the DVD bay.

Each of the three backplane options provides SFF-3 SAS bays in the system unit. These 2.5-inch or small form factor (SFF) SAS bays can contain SAS drives (HDD or SSD) mounted on a Gen3 tray or carrier. Thus the drives are designated for SFF-1, or SFF-2 bays do not fit in an SFF-3 bay. All SFF-3 bays support concurrent maintenance or hot-plug capability. All three of these backplane options support HDDs or SSDs or a mixture of HDDs and SSDs in the SFF-3 bays. If mixing HDDs and SSDs, they must be in separate arrays (unless using the Easy Tier function).

The dual SAS controllers provide both performance and protection advantages. Patented Active-Active capabilities enhance performance when there is more than one array configured. Each of the dual controllers has access to all the backplane SAS bays and can back up the other controller if there were to be a problem with the other controller. For the other controller pair with cache, each controller mirrors the other's write cache, providing redundancy protection. Integrated flash memory for the write cache content provides protection against electrical power loss to the server and avoids the need for write cache battery protection and battery maintenance.

All three of these backplane options can offer different drive protection options: RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, or RAID 10. RAID 5 requires a minimum of three drives of the same capacity. RAID 6 requires a minimum of four drives of the same capacity. RAID 10 requires a minimum of two drives. Hot spare capability is supported with RAID 5 or RAID 6.

All three backplanes offer Easy Tier functionality, which is also called RAID 5T2 (2-tiered RAID 5), RAID 6T2 (2-tiered RAID 6), and RAID 10T2 (2-tiered RAID 10). The split backplane option supports RAID 10T2 but does not support RAID 5T2 or 6T2.

Notes:

• Clients with I/O performance-sensitive workloads with an appreciable percentage of writes should strongly consider using the feature EPVN backplane with SAS controllers with write cache or use PCIe SAS controllers with write cache, especially for HDDs. Note also that RAID 5 and RAID 6 result in more drive write activity than mirroring or than unprotected drives.
• All three of these backplane options are supported by AIX, Linux, and VIOS. It is highly recommended that the drives be protected, but not required. If the client needs a change after the server is already installed, the backplane option can be changed. Scheduled downtime is required to remove the existing storage backplane and install a different backplane.
• Unlike the hot-plug PCIe slots and SAS bays, concurrent maintenance is not available for the integrated SAS controllers or storage backplane. Scheduled downtime is required if a service action is required for these integrated resources.

Storage Backplane Integrated Easy Tier function

The Easy Tier function is provided with all three storage backplanes (#EPVN, #EPVP, #EPVQ). Conceptually, this function is like the Easy Tier function found in the IBM Storage products such as the DS8000, Storwize V7000, or SVC, but implemented just within the integrated Power Systems SAS controllers and the integrated SAS bays. Hot data is automatically moved to SSDs, and cold data is automatically moved to disk (HDD) in an AIX, Linux, or VIOS environment. No user application coding is required.

Clients commonly have this hot/cold characteristic for their data. It is typical for 10% - 20% of the data to be accessed 80% - 90% of the time. This is called the hot data. If you can get the hot data onto SSDs, it can dramatically improve the performance of I/O-bound applications. And by keeping the cold data on HDDs, the total cost per gigabyte of the solution can be minimized. You can end up with high I/O performance at a very reasonable price. By avoiding the need for lots of HDD arms for performance, you can reduce the number of I/O drawers, maintenance, rack/ floor space, and energy.

On the Power E850 server , the integrated SAS RAID controllers handle eight SFF-3 bays (either HDD or SDD), and four 1.8-inch SSD bays can leverage Easy Tier functionality. In addition, or alternatively, the previously announced PCIe Gen3 large cache SAS adapter (#EJOL) can provide additional capacity or configuration options for the Easy Tier function, with HDDs and SSDs located in EXP24s drawers.

Easy Tier function is configured using RAID 5T2 (2-tiered RAID 5), RAID 6T2 (2-tiered RAID 6), or RAID 10T2 (2-tiered RAID 10). HDDs and SSDs are combined in the same array, and the controller or adapter swaps 1M or 2M bands of data between HDDs and SSDs, automatically moving the hot data to SSDs and the cold data to SSDs. The HDD and SSD can be different capacities in this array. If an array has multiple capacity points, for example, 300 GB HDD and 600 GB HDD, only 300 GB of the larger 600 GB HDD will be used. Similarly, if the array has both 387 GB SSD and 775 GB SSD, only 387 GB of the 775 GB SSD will be used. Note that the block size of the drives in the array must match, all 4k or all 5xx block drive.

DVD and boot devices

A slimline media bay that can hold a SATA DVD-RAM is included in the feature EPVN, EPVP, and EPVQ backplanes. The DVD drive is run by one of the integrated SAS controllers in the storage backplane, and a separate PCIe controller is not required.

A device capable of reading a DVD can be attached to the system and be available to perform operating system installation, maintenance, problem determination, and service actions such as maintaining system firmware and I/O microcode at their latest levels. Alternatively, the system must be attached to a network with software such as AIX NIM server or Linux Install Manager configured to perform these functions.

System boot is supported through three options:

1. Disk or SSD located in an EXP24S drawer attached to a PCIe adapter
2. A network through LAN adapters
3. A SAN attached to Fibre Channel or FCoE adapters and indicated to the server by the 0837 specify code

Assuming option 1 above, the minimum system configuration requires at least one SAS disk drive in the system for AIX and Linux. If you are using option 2 or 3 above, a disk or SSD drive is not required.

I/O drawer attachment

Clients migrating from earlier generation servers may have been using I/O drawers such as the GX++ attached feature 5802 or 5877 PCIe 12X I/O Drawers with PCIe Gen1 slots. Though most PCIe adapters in the feature 5802 or 5877 drawers can be moved to this server and its disk drives converted and moved to the feature 5887 EXP24S drawer, the feature 5802 and 5877 drawers are not supported on this newer Power Systems technology-based server. Similarly, the GX++ attached EXP30 Ultra SSD Drawer (#EDR1 or #5888) is not supported.

Up to 64 EXP24S storage drawers can be attached to a Power E850 server. With 24 drives per drawer, this means up to 1536 SFF-2 drives are supported. A maximum of 16 EXP24S per PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer is supported due to cable management considerations.

The older 3.5-inch-based EXP12S SAS Disk Drawer (#5886) and EXP24 SCSI Disk Drawer (#5786) are not supported.

IBM offers a 1U multimedia drawer that can hold one or more DVDs, tape drive, or RDX docking stations. The 7226-1U3 is the most current offering. The earlier 7216-1U2 and 7214-1U2 are also supported. Up to six of these multimedia drawers can be attached.

PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers (#EMX0) can be attached to the system unit to expand the number of full-high, hot-swap Gen3 slots available to the server. The maximum number of PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers depends on the number of processor modules physically installed. The maximum is independent of the number of processor core activations.

• Up to two PCIe3 drawers with two processor modules
• Up to three PCIe3 drawers with three processor modules
• Up to four PCIe3 drawers with four processor modules
• The 19-inch 4 EIA (4U) PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two PCIe FanOut Modules (#EMXF) provide 12 PCIe I/O full-length, full-height slots. One FanOut Module provides six PCIe slots labeled C1 through C6. C1 and C4 are x16 slots and C2, C3, C5, and C6 are x8 slots. Slots C1 and C4 of the 6-slot Fan-out Module in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer are SR-IOV enabled.
• An EMX0 drawer can be configured with one or two EMXF FanOut Modules. Adding a second FanOut Module is not a hot-plug operation and requires scheduled downtime.
• PCIe Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 full-high adapter cards are supported. The set of full-high PCIe adapters that are supported is found in the Sales Manual, identified by feature number. See the PCI Adapter Placement manual for the 8408-E8E for details and rules associated with specific adapters supported and their supported placement in x8 or x16 slots.
• Each FanOut Module requires one PCIe Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ08), which is placed in a x16 PCIe slot of the system unit.
• An optical cable pair attaches the PCIe Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ08) to the FanOut Module. Feature ECC7 provides a pair of 3-meter cables with transceivers. Feature ECC8 provides a pair of 10-meter cables with transceivers. Two cables of identical length, or one feature, is required for each FanOut Module.
• The Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ08) can be placed in any of the system units' available x16 slots and attached to any FanOut Module in any of the server's PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers (#EMX0). The PCIe I/O drawer cannot be shared by two different servers.
• It is recommended that any attached PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer be located in the same rack as the POWER8 server for ease of service, but the drawers can be installed in separate racks if the application or other rack content requires it. It is recommended to use 3-meter cables for PCIe drawers in the same rack as the system unit and 10-meter cables for drawers located in a different rack.
• Concurrent repair and add/removal of PCIe adapter cards is done by HMC-guided menus or by operating system support utilities.
• A blind swap cassette (BSC) is used to house the full-high adapters that go into these slots. The BSC is the same BSC as used with the previous generation server's 12X attached I/O drawers (#5802, #5803, #5877, #5873). The drawer is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature to order additional full-high BSCs is not required or announced.
• When the operating system is Linux, PowerVM is required for support of the I/O Expansion Drawer.

Cable management arm (CMA)

A folding arm is attached to the server's rails at the rear of the server. The server's power cords and the cables from the PCIe adapters or integrated ports run through the arm and into the rack. The arm enables the server to be pulled forward on its rails for service access to PCIe slots, memory, processors, and so on without disconnecting the cables from the server. Approximately 1 meter of cord/cable length is needed for the arm. One CMA is included with the server. It does not have a separate ordering feature.

Integrated I/O ports

In addition to the integrated SAS controllers associated with the storage backplane, there are two HMC ports, one system port, and six USB ports (four general purpose and two limited use).

The two HMC ports are located on the service processor in the rear of the server and are RJ45. These ports support 1Gb Ethernet connections leveraging the second-generation service processor technology called an FSP2 in some IBM publications.

The one integrated system or serial port has an RJ45 style connector and is supported by AIX and Linux for attaching serial devices such as an asynchronous device like a console. If the device does not have a RJ45 connection, a converter cable such as feature 3930 can provide a 9-pin, D-shell connection. Note that serial devices can have very individual characteristics (different pin outs), and the feature 3930 may not be appropriate for all possible devices. In this case, the user should acquire an OEM converter cable appropriate for their device.

Integrated system port is not supported under AIX or Linux when the HMC ports are connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both. The integrated system port is supported for modem and TTY terminal connections by AIX or Linux. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system port does not support HACMP configurations.

Four USB-3 ports are available for general client use, and two USB-2 ports are available for limited client use. Two USB-3 ports are located on the front of the server, and the other four USB ports (two USB-3 and two USB-2) are on the rear. The USB-2 ports are on the service processor card and can be used for communications to a UPS. A converter cable, feature ECCF, provides a USB-to-9 pin D-Shell connection to some UPS. The IBM 9910 Uninterruptible Power Systems, models E66 and E67, are supported as purchase options with the 8408-E8E.

Racks

The Power E850 server is designed to fit a standard 19-inch rack. IBM Development has tested and certified the system for the following rack support:

• 7014-T00 (36U) (Manufacturing rack integration supported or #0551 MES support - defaulted on initial order)
• 7014-T42 (42U) (Manufacturing rack integration supported or #0553 MES support)

The client can choose to place the server in other racks if they are confident those racks have the strength, rigidity, depth, and hole pattern characteristics that are needed. The client should work with IBM Service to determine other racks' appropriateness. The Power E850 rails can adjust their depth to fit a rack that is 22.75 inches - 30.5 inches in depth based on the adjustable outer brackets going from the front rail to the rear rail. Racks from IBM include:

• 7014-B42 (42U) (Support only, cannot be ordered from IBM)
• 7965-94Y (42U) (Field merge support only)

The Power E850 IBM manufacturing rack integration can be ordered with a 36U (7014-T00) or a 42U (7014-T42) rack. A same serial-number model upgrade MES is placed in either feature 0551 or 0553 rack. This is done to ease and speed client installation, provide a more complete and higher quality environment for IBM Manufacturing system assembly and testing, and provide a more complete shipping package. IBM Manufacturing does not support the use of other racks with the Power E850 initial system order or model upgrade. The 7014-T00 or feature 0550 is a 1.8-meter enterprise rack providing 36U or 36 EIA of space. The 7014-T42 or feature 0553 is a 2-meter enterprise rack providing 42U or 42 EIA of space.

Additional E850 PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers (#EMX0) for an already installed server can be MES ordered with or without a rack. When clients want IBM Manufacturing to place these MES I/O drawers into a rack and ship them together (factory integration), then the racks should be ordered as features on the same order as the I/O drawers.

Typical good cable management practices apply. For example, it is usually a good practice to leave 1U or 2U open at the top or bottom of the rack for cables exiting the rack or to hold extra cable lengths. Or if you have more than four PCIe Gen3 I/O drawers in the same rack, carefully consider how many 4-port PCIe adapters have cables attached to all their ports. If you are not using something like the 8-inch extension for a 7014-T42 rack for extra space to lay the cables, service access can be a challenge, especially with thicker I/O cables. Or another example, if there are a lot of I/O cables in the rack, horizontally mounting the PDUs versus mounting them vertically in the side pockets eases service access.

Rack front door options supported are the acoustic door (#6248 or #6249), the attractive geometrically accented door (#ERG7), and the cost-effective plain front door (#6068 or #6069). The front trim kit is also supported (#6263 or #6272).

Supported PDUs are either feature 7109 or 7188.

• Feature 7109 -- Intelligent PDU with Universal UTG0247 Connector is for an intelligent ac power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This ac power distribution unit provides 12 C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, and 6658.
• Feature 7188 -- Power Distribution Unit mounts in a 19-inch rack and provides 12 C13 power outlets. Feature 7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the feature 7188. One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the feature 7188: feature 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, or 6658.

Three to four service personnel are required to manually remove or insert a system node drawer into a rack, given its dimensions and weight and content. To avoid the need for this many people to assemble at a client site for a service action a lift tool can be very useful. Similarly, if the client has chosen to install this CSU (Customer Set Up) system, similar lifting considerations apply. The Power E850 has a maximum weight of 69 kg (152 lbs). However, by temporarily removing the power supplies, fans and RAID assembly; the weight is easily reduced to a maximum of 55 kg (121 lbs).

When lowering the Power E850 onto its rails in the rack, the server must be tilted on one end about 15 degrees so that the pins on the server enclosure fit onto the rails. This equates to lifting one end of the server about 4 cm (1.6 in). This can be done using a tip plate on a lift tool or manually adjusting the load.on a lift tool or tilting during the manual lift.

PowerVM

PowerVM is available on the E850:

• PowerVM Editions are available as a hardware feature (#EPVU for Standard Edition, #EPVV for Enterprise Edition). Select the edition that provides the level of virtualization appropriate for your workloads.
• PowerVM Standard Edition (#EPVU) supports up to 20 partitions per core, VIOS, and multiple shared processor pools.
• PowerVM Enterprise Edition (#EPVV) adds support for Live Partition Mobility, Active Memory Sharing, and PowerVP performance monitoring.

Other PowerVM technologies include:

• System Planning Tool simplifies the process of planning and deploying Power Systems LPARs and virtual I/O.
• Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) is a single-function appliance that resides in an IBM Power partition. It facilitates the sharing of physical I/O resources between AIX, Linux, and client partitions within the server. VIOS provides shared Ethernet adapter (SEA) virtual I/O to client LPARs.
• Virtual SCSI (VSCSI) enables the sharing of physical storage adapters (Fibre Channel) and storage devices (disk and optical) between logical partitions.
• With virtual networking, a shared Ethernet adapter enables connectivity between internal and external virtual LANs (VLANs); virtual Ethernet provides high-speed connections between partitions.
• With Live Partition Mobility, available only with PowerVM Enterprise Edition, you can move a running AIX or Linux VMs from one physical server to another with no downtime. Use this capability to:
  • Evacuate workloads from a system before performing scheduled maintenance.
  • Move workloads across a pool of different physical resources as business needs shift.
  • Move workloads away from underutilized machines so that they can be powered off to save on energy and cooling costs.
  • Move your workloads to new POWER8 systems for upgrades without having to schedule an outage. With Active Memory Sharing, memory is dynamically moved between running partitions for optimal resource usage.

Active Memory Expansion

Active Memory Expansion is an innovative technology supporting the AIX operating system that allows the effective maximum memory capacity to be much larger than the true physical memory maximum. Sophisticated compression/decompression of memory content can allow memory expansion up to 100% or more. This can allow a partition to do significantly more work or support more users with the same physical amount of memory. Similarly, it can allow a server to run more partitions and do more work for the same physical amount of memory.

Active Memory Expansion uses CPU resource to compress/decompress the memory contents. The trade-off of memory capacity for processor cycles can be an excellent choice, but the degree of expansion varies on how compressible the memory content is. It also depends on having adequate spare CPU capacity available for this compression/decompression. Tests in IBM laboratories using sample workloads showed excellent results for many workloads in terms of memory expansion per additional CPU utilized. Other test workloads had more modest results.

POWER7+ and POWER8 chips include a hardware accelerator designed to boost Active Memory Expansion efficiency and use less POWER core resource. The POWER8 accelerator includes some minor enhancements and also leverages POWER8 higher bandwidth and lower latency characteristics.

You have a great deal of control over Active Memory Expansion usage. Each individual AIX partition can turn on or turn off Active Memory Expansion. Control parameters set the amount of expansion desired in each partition to help control the amount of CPU used by the Active Memory Expansion function. An IPL is required for the specific partition that is turning on memory expansion. Once turned on, monitoring capabilities are available in standard AIX performance tools such as lparstat, vmstat, topas, and svmon.

A planning tool is included with AIX, allowing you to sample actual workloads and estimate both how expandable the partition's memory is and how much CPU resource is needed. Any Power Systems model can run the planning tool. In addition, a one-time, 60-day trial of Active Memory Expansion is available to enable more exact memory expansion and CPU measurements. You can request the trial using the Capacity on Demand web page

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html/

Active Memory Expansion is enabled by chargeable hardware feature 4798, which can be ordered with the initial order of the system node or as an MES order. A software key is provided when the enablement feature is ordered, which is applied to the system node. An IPL is not required to enable the system node. The key is specific to an individual system node and is permanent. It cannot be moved to a different server.

The additional CPU resource used to expand memory is part of the CPU resource assigned to the AIX partition running Active Memory Expansion. Normal licensing requirements apply.

Capacity on demand

Several types of capacity on demand (CoD) processors are optionally available for the Power E850 server . They help meet changing resource requirements in an on demand environment by using resources installed on the system but not activated.

Capacity upgrade on demand (CUOD) enables you to purchase additional permanent processor or memory capacity and dynamically activate it when needed.

Elastic capacity on demand (Elastic CoD) enables processors or memory to be temporarily activated in full-day increments as needed. Charges are based on usage reporting collected monthly. Processors and memory can be activated and turned off an unlimited number of times, whenever you want additional processing resources.

With this offering, system administrators have an interface at the HMC to manage the activation and deactivation of resources. A monitor that resides on the server logs the usage activity. You must send this usage data to IBM monthly. A bill is then generated based on the total amount of processor and memory resources utilized, in increments of processor and memory (1 GB) days. Before using temporary capacity on your server, you must enable your server. To do this, order an enablement feature (MES only) and sign the required contracts.

Use the following features to order activation features and support billing charges on the Power E850(8408-E8E) server:

    Processor module      Elastic    Elastic
    feature               CoD        CoD
                          processor  AIX/Linux
                          enablement processor
                          feature    billing
                                     feature (1
                                     and 100
                                     proc-day)
    --------------------- ---------- ----------
    EPV2 (8-core module)  EP9T       EPJW, EPJX
    EPV4 (12-core module) EP9T       EPK0, EPK1
    EPV6 (10-core mdule)  EP9T       EPK3, EPK4
 
    Memory        Elastic    Elastic CoD
    feature       CoD memory memory billing
                  enablement feature (1, 100,
                  feature    and 999 GB-day)
    ------------  ---------- ----------------
    EM86 (16 GB)  EM9T       EMJA, EMJB, EMJC
    EM87 (32 GB)  EM9T       EMJA, EMJB, EMJC
    EM88 (64 GB)  EM9T       EMJA, EMJB, EMJC
    EM8S (128 GB) EM9T       EMJA, EMJB, EMJC
 

The Elastic CoD processor consists of three steps: enablement, activation, and billing

• Elastic CoD enablement: Description

  Before requesting temporary capacity on a server, you must enable it for Elastic CoD. To do this, order a no-charge enablement feature (MES only) and sign the required contracts. IBM will generate an enablement code, mail it to you, and post it on the web for you to retrieve and enter on your server. A processor enablement code lets you request up to 90 processor days of temporary unused CoD processor capacity for all your processor cores that have not been permanently activated. For example, if you have 16 processor cores that are not permanently activated, the processor enablement code allows up to 1,440 processor days (16 x 90). If you have reached or are about to reach the limit of 90 processor days per nonactivated processor core, place an order for another processor enablement code to reset the number of days you can request. Similarly, a memory enablement code lets you request up to 90 days of temporary unused CoD memory capacity for all your gigabytes of memory that have not been permanently activated. For example, if you had 100 GB of memory that was not permanently activated, the memory enablement code allows up to 9000 GB memory days (100 x 90). If you have reached the limit of 90 memory days per nonactivated memory, place an order for another memory enablement code to reset the number of days you can request. Before ordering a new enablement code for either memory or processor temporary CoD, you must first process an MES delete order, deleting the current enablement code installed in the server configuration file.

Elastic CoD enablement: Step-by-step

Prerequisite 1: The sales channel (IBM Business Partner) must sign one of the following contracts, if applicable:

• IBM Business Partner Agreement, Distributor Attachment for Elastic Capacity on Demand
• IBM Business Partner Agreement for Solution Providers -- Attachment for Elastic Capacity on Demand
• IBM Business Partner Agreement -- Attachment for Elastic Capacity on Demand

Prerequisite 2: The sales channel (IBM Business Partner or IBM Direct) must register at

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html

• Step 1: The client initiates the request for Elastic CoD use by asking the sales channel to enable the machine for temporary capacity.
• Step 2: The client must complete and sign the following contracts. It is the sales channel's responsibility to return the signed contract to the responsible CSO organization and fax a copy to IBM at 507-253-4553 or email a copy to cod@us.ibm.com
  • Required: IBM Customer Agreement, Attachment for Elastic Capacity on Demand; IBM Supplement for On/Off Capacity on Demand
  • Optional: IBM Addendum for Elastic Capacity on Demand Alternative Reporting
• Step 3: The sales channel places an order for processor or memory enablement features.
• Step 4: The sales channel updates the website registration data (see prerequisite 2 above) with information about the client machine being enabled for temporary capacity.

  Note: The order for an enablement feature will not be fulfilled until this step is completed.

• Step 5: IBM generates an enablement code, mails it, and posts it.
• Step 6: The client retrieves the enablement code and applies it to the system node.

Elastic activation requests: Description

When Elastic CoD temporary capacity is needed, simply use the HMC menu for Elastic CoD and specify how many of the inactive processors or how many gigabytes of memory you would like temporarily activated for some number of days. You will be billed for the days requested, whether the capacity is assigned to partitions or left in the shared processor pool. At the end of the temporary period (days you requested), you must ensure the temporarily activated capacity is available to be reclaimed by the server (not assigned to partitions) or you will be billed for any processor days not returned (per the contract you signed).

Elastic CoD activation requests: Step-by-step

When you need temporary capacity, use the Elastic CoD temporary capacity HMC menu for the server and specify how many of the inactive processors or how many gigabytes of memory you would like temporarily activated for some number of days. The user must assign the temporary capacity to a partition (whether or not the machine is configured for LPAR) to begin using temporary capacity.

Elastic CoD billing: Description

The contract, signed by the client before receiving the enablement feature, requires the Elastic CoD user to report billing data at least once a month (whether there is activity or not). This data is used to determine the proper amount to bill at the end of each billing period (calendar quarter). Failure to report billing data for use of temporary processor or memory capacity during a billing quarter will result in default billing equivalent to 90 processor days of temporary capacity. The sales channel will be notified of client requests for temporary capacity. As a result, the sales channel must order a quantity of billing features (using the appropriate billing features for each billable processor and memory day reported less any outstanding credit balance of processor and memory days).

Elastic CoD billing: Step-by-step

The client must report billing data (requested and unreturned processor and memory days) at a minimum of once per month either electronically or by fax (stated requirement in the signed contract). At the end of each billing period (calendar quarter), IBM will process the accumulated data reported and notify the sales channel for proper billing. The sales channel places an order for the appropriate quantity of billing features (one processor billing feature ordered for each processor day used, or one memory day for each memory day utilized). IBM will ship a billing notice (notifies client of billing actions) to the ship-to address on the order as part of the fulfillment process. The client pays the sales channel and the sales channel pays IBM for the fulfillment of the billing features.

For more information regarding registration, enablement, and usage of Elastic CoD, visit

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html

Utility CoD

Utility CoD provides additional processor performance on a temporary basis within the shared processor pool. Utility CoD enables you to place a quantity of inactive processors into the system node's shared processor pool, which then becomes available to the pool's resource manager. When the system node recognizes that the combined processor utilization within the shared pool exceeds 100% of the level of base (purchased/active) processors assigned across uncapped partitions, then a Utility CoD Processor Minute is charged and this level of performance is available for the next minute of use. If additional workload requires a higher level of performance, the system will automatically enable the additional Utility CoD processors to be used. The system continuously monitors and charges for the performance needed above the base (permanent) level. Registration and usage reporting for Utility CoD is made using a public website, and payment is based on reported usage. Utility CoD requires PowerVM Enterprise Edition to be active on the 8408-E8E.

Processor module      Utility
feature               CoD
                      billing
                      feature
                      100
                      processor
                      minutes
--------------------- ---------
EPV2 (8-core module)  EPJY
EPV4 (12-core module) EPK1
EPV6 (10-core module) EPK5

For more information regarding registration, enablement, and use of Utility CoD, visit

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html

Trial capacity on demand (Trial CoD): You can request either a standard or an exception trial by visiting

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html

Software licensing

For software licensing considerations with the various CoD offerings, refer to the latest revision of theCapacity on Demand Planning Guideat

http://www.chinama.com.cn/index.html

IBM Solution Edition for SAP HANA

Power Systems Solution Editions for SAP HANA provide starting configurations that allow customers to quickly deploy HANA and grow with their business needs while meeting SAP design criteria. Power Systems servers are ideally suited to provide excellent SAP HANA performance and system reliability. The SAP HANA code running on the POWER architecture exploits the exceptional POWER8 memory bandwidth, SIMD parallelization, and simultaneous multithreading (SMT).

These solution edition offerings on POWER8 are available on the following servers:

Server / Processor          Usage
--------------------------- --------------------------------------------
E824 / 24 cores at 3.5 GHz  Suitable for HANA db growing up to .5 TB
E850 / 32 cores at 3.76 GHz Suitable for HANA db growing up to 1 TB
E870 / 40 cores at 4.19 GHz Suitable for HANA db starting at .5 TB with
                            expected growth beyond 1 TB
E870 / 80 cores at 4.19 GHz Suitable for HANA db starting at 1 TB with
                            expected growth beyond 2 TB

Power E850 system configuration:

The Power E850 initial order for SAP HANA Solution Edition with 32 cores 3.76 GHz processor and 1 TB memory must include a minimum of the following items:

Feature   Description
number
--------- --------------------------------------------------------------
EPVL x 4  3.7 GHz, 8 Proc Act (Linux-only) + 256 GB Mem Act for HANA
          Solution
EPVM x 32 Power Processor Activation for #EPVL
EMAJ x 4  256 GB Memory Activation for #EPVL and #EPVR
EM88 x 16 64 GB (4 x 16 GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4 Gb DDR3 DRAM
EPVN x 1  Dual Controller Disk Backplane with write cache
EN0S x 2  PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
5729 x 2  8 GB 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
0837 x 1  SAN Load Source Specify
EB2M x 4  AC Power Supply - 1400W for Server (200-240 V ac)
and
6458 x 4  Power Cord 4.3 m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU (250V/10A)
9300/97xx Language Group Specify
2147 x 1  Primary Operating System Indicator

Notes:

• The minimum requirement of SLES 11 (5639-S11) is 4-socket based licenses.
• The required SLES 11 level is SP4
• Five units of STG Lab Services (6911-300) (#0003 x 5) is defaulted as applicable.
• Order configurations may be increased over this minimum configuration to meet customer requirements.

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data correction

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be highly reliable. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

Redundant infrastructure

Considerable redundancy in the infrastructure of these systems is included so as to avoid failing components such as power supplies, fans, processor and memory leading to system outages. The front fans are redundant and support concurrent maintenance. The internal fans are redundant and also contain multiple integrated spares. Also, supporting redundant infrastructure is monitoring of components such as processor and memory with voltage regulation outputs. An enhancement over the Power 750/760, is that the E850 has redundant or spare voltage converters for all critical voltages.

Processor and memory availability functions

The Power Systems family continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability.

POWER8 processor functions

As previously provided in POWER7 and POWER7+, the POWER8 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry for some transient errors and alternate processor recovery for a number of core-related faults. This significantly reduces exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core. Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When such an error is encountered in the core, the POWER8 processor will first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation. The POWER7/POWER7+ technology processors have the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system for a number of faults, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement in the PowerVM environment. These features are designed to avoid a full system outage.

As in POWER7/POWER7+, the POWER8 processor includes single processor check stopping for certain faults that cannot be handled by the availability enhancements described in the preceding section. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also available is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. In the PowerVM environment, if an alternate processor recovery event requires spare processor resources in order to protect a workload, when no other means of obtaining the spare resources is available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER8 processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

Cache availability

The L2 and L3 caches in the POWER8 processor and L4 cache in the memory buffer chip are protected with double-bit detect, single-bit correct error detection code (ECC). In addition, a threshold of correctable errors detected on cache lines can result in the data in the cache lines being purged and the cache lines removed from further operation without requiring a reboot in the PowerVM environment. In addition, the L2 and L3 caches have the ability to dynamically substitute a spare bit-line for a faulty bit-lane, allowing an entire faulty "column" of cache, impacting multiple cache lines, to be repaired. An ECC uncorrectable error detected in these caches can also trigger a purge and delete of cache lines. This results in no loss of operation if the cache lines contained data unmodified from what was stored in system memory.

Modified data would be handled through Special Uncorrectable Error handling. L1 data and instruction caches also have a retry capability for intermittent errors and a cache set delete mechanism for handling solid failures.

Special uncorrectable error handling

Special uncorrectable error (SUE) handling is designed to prevent an uncorrectable error in memory or cache from immediately causing the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a check stop. If the data is used, termination may be limited to the program/ kernel or hypervisor owning the data; or the I/O adapters controlled by an I/O hub controller would freeze if data were transferred to an I/O device.

Memory error correction and recovery

The memory has error detection and correction circuitry designed such that the failure of any one specific memory module within an ECC word by itself can be corrected absent any other fault.

In addition, a spare DRAM per rank on each memory port provides for dynamic DRAM device replacement during runtime operation. Also, dynamic lane sparing on the DMI link allows for repair of a faulty data lane.

Other memory protection features include retry capabilities for certain faults detected at both the memory controller and the memory buffer. Memory is also periodically scrubbed to allow for soft errors correction and for solid single-cell errors to be reported to the hypervisor, which supports operating system deallocation of a page associated with a hard single-cell fault.

Active memory mirroring for the hypervisor

The POWER8 memory subsystem is capable of mirroring sections of memory by writing to two different memory locations, and when an error is detected when reading from one location, taking data from the alternate location. This is used by the POWER hypervisor in these systems to mirror critical memory within the hypervisor so that a fault, even a solid uncorrectable error in the data, can be tolerated using the mirrored memory.

Dynamic processor and memory deallocation

When correctable solid faults occur in components of the processor and memory subsystem, the system will attempt to correct the problem by using spare capacity in the failing component, using a spare column in an L2 or L3 cache, for example, a spare data line in a memory or processor bus, or a spare DRAM in memory. Use of such spare capacity restores the system to full functionality without the need to take a repair action.

When such spare capacity is not available, the service processor and POWER hypervisor may request deallocation of the component experiencing the fault. When there are sufficient resources to continue running partitions at requested capacity, the system will continue to do so. This includes taking advantage of unlicensed capacity update on demand processor and memory resources as well as licensed but unallocated resources.

When such unlicensed or unused capacity is used in this manner, a request for service will be made.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH)-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

The service processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process and also monitors the hypervisor for termination. The hypervisor monitors the service processor and reports the service reference code when it detects surveillance loss. In the PowerVM environment, it will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the service processor.

Environmental monitoring functions

The Power Systems family does ambient and over temperature monitoring and reporting.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to efficiently repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate the impact to system operation. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/ downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

• Design for Customer Set Up (CSU), Customer Installed Features (CIF), and Customer Replaceable Units (CRU).
• Detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI).
• First Failure Data Capture (FFDC).
• Light path service indicators.
• Service labels and service diagrams available on the system and delivered through IBM Knowledge Center.
• Step-by-step service procedures documented in IBM Knowledge Center or available through the HMC.
• CRU videos that are planned to be available on the web at general availability.
• Mobile access to important customer service functions available by scanning a QR label.

Service environment

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system allows support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The POWER8 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:

• Attachment to one or more HMCs is a supported option by the system with PowerVM. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.
• No HMC. There are two service strategies for non-HMC systems.
  • Full-system partition with PowerVM: A single partition owns all the server resources and only one operating system may be installed.
  • Partitioned system with PowerVM: In this configuration, the system can have more than one partition and can be running more than one operating system. In this environment, partitions are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM), which provides some of the functions provided by the HMC.

The I/O device and adapter diagnostics consists of stand-alone diagnostics, which are loaded from the DVD-RAM drive and online diagnostics. Online diagnostics, when installed, are resident with the AIX operating system on the disk or system. They can be booted in single-user mode (service mode), run in maintenance mode, or run concurrently (concurrent mode) with other applications. They have access to the AIX error log and the AIX configuration data.

• Service mode enables checking of system devices and features.
• Concurrent mode allows the normal system functions to continue while selected resources are being checked.
• Maintenance mode enables checking of devices and adapters.

Service interface

The service interface allows support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, an interface, or a terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the service interface allows the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available through the service interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system, hypervisor, and operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

• Service Indicators
• Operator Panel
• Service Processor menu
• Operating system service menu
• Service Focal Point on the HMC with PowerVM
• Service Focal Point Lite on IVM with PowerVM

In the light path LED implementation, the system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (turning on solid) the amber system fault LED, enclosure fault LED, and component FRU fault LED. The servicer can also use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU in the PowerVM environment.

First-failure data capture and error data analysis

First-failure data capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems so they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

• Provide a common error code format equivalent to a system reference code with PowerVM, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.
• Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.
• Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM servers, it is not necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boot-time diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics with PowerVM

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics requires user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

• Booting from the diagnostics CD, DVD, USB, or network
• Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

Some hardware components that fail will be able to be replaced using concurrent maintenance. These include power supplies, power cable, 80 MM fans, op panel, real-time clock battery, and PCIe adapters.

The system also supports updating firmware with service packages, typically concurrently. The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file that is released with the firmware.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

• Location diagrams: Location diagrams are located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components.

  Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies are installed.

• Remove/replace procedures: Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove or replace certain serviceable hardware components.
• Arrows: Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and the serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and in a certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packing for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

• Color coding (touch points): Terracotta-colored touch points indicate that the system may not be required to be powered off to perform service to the FRU. This is dependent on system configuration and preparatory steps may be required before the service action is taken. Blue-colored touch points indicate that the procedure may require that the unit or system be shut down before servicing. This is dependent on system configuration, and preparatory steps may be required before the service action is taken.
• Tool-less design: Most FRUs support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flathead screw drivers to service the hardware components.
• Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error handling and reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, or if the system continues to operate, the error will be reported to the operating system. Hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an Error Log Analysis (ELA) routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator.

The system has the ability to call home through the OS to report platform-recoverable errors and errors associated with PCI adapters/devices.

In the IVM environment, call home is supported through an IVM partition.

In the HMC managed environment, if the system is properly configured for call home, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM service organization. Customer contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with the error log data related to the failure, are sent to IBM Service.

Live Partition Mobility

With Live Partition Mobility, users can migrate an AIX or Linux partition running on one POWER partition system to another POWER system without disrupting services. The migration transfers the entire system environment, including processor state, memory, attached virtual devices, and connected users. It provides continuous operating system and application availability during planned partition outages for repair of hardware and firmware faults.

When initially purchasing a system, the client needs to consider the effect on the workloads that servicing the system will make. Some system FRUs that fail will be replaced while the system is still powered on, using Concurrent Maintenance. For the remainder of the FRUs, the entire system must be powered off to service the FRU. For customers with critical workloads, which cannot afford to be stopped, the use of Live Partition Mobility needs to be planned for when the initial purchase of the system is made.

Serviceprocessor

The service processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

Under PowerVM, the service processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The service processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation, allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call home

Call home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customer location to the IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call home can be done through the HMC or most non-HMC managed systems through Electronic Service Agent running on top of the operating system. While configuring call home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the call home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. Refer to the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronic Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution, which is dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's company business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the customer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Security" section at

http://www.ibm.com/support/esa

1. Select your country.
2. Click "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."

Benefits: increased uptime

Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24x7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security: The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to be secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to securely transmit either through the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) or modem to provide customers a single point of exit from their site. Communication is one way. Activating Electronic Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer's system.

For additional information, refer to IBM Electronic Service Agent

http://www-01.ibm.com/support/esa/

More accurate reporting

Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customers are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support

Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view system and support information in the My Systems and Premium Search sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the customer's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, customers are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

Rack-integrated system with Expansion Drawer

Regardless the rack-integrated system to which the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer is attached to, if the Expansion Drawer is ordered as factory integrated, the PDUs in the rack will be defaulted to be placed horizontally to enhance cable management.

Expansion Drawers complicate the access to vertical PDUs if located at the same height. IBM recommends accommodating PDUs horizontally on racks containing one or more PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers.

Once the rack with Expansion Drawers is delivered to the customer, the customer is allowed to rearrange the PDUs from horizontal to vertical. However, the configurator will remain considering the PDUs are placed horizontally for the matter of calculating the free space still available in the rack.

Vertical PDUs can be used only if CSRP (#0469) is on the order. When specifying CSRP, the customer will provide the locations where the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawers must be placed, avoiding locating those adjacent to Vertical PDU locations, EIA 6 through 16 and 21 through 31.

Accessibility by people with disabilities

A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) containing details on accessibility compliance can be requested at

http://www-3.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index. html

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act

IBM Power System E850 is capable as of June 5, 2015, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Voluntary Product Accessibility Template (VPAT) can be requested via IBM's website at the following website

http://www-3.ibm.com/able/product_accessibility/index. html

Back to top

Models

Model summary matrix

Model	Processor	Speed	Memory	Hard Drive	Optical Storage Device
E8E	8-, 10-, 12-core	3.0 GHz to 3.7 GHz	32 GB to 4 TB	Up to 4 PCIe I/O Expansion Drawers and EXP24S DISK / SDD Drawer	-

Customer setup (CSU)

Yes.

Devices supported

No answer data found for External Machine Type (Support Devices) section.

Model conversions

Not applicable.

Feature conversions

Feature conversions for 8408-E8E adapters features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EJ32 - PCIe3 Crypto          EJ33 - PCIe3 Crypto          No
Coprocessor no BSC 4767      Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767

Feature conversions for 8408-E8E virtualization engine features:

                                                        Parts
    From FC:                  To FC:                    Returned
    ------------------------- ------------------------- --------
    EPVU - PowerVM -Standard  EPVV - PowerVM -           No
    Edition                   Enterprise Edition

Back to top

Technical description

	Physical specifications		Hardware requirements
	Operating environment		Software requirements
	Limitations

Physical specifications

IBM Power E850-E8E

• System node
  • Width: 448 mm (17.6 in.)
  • Depth: 776 mm (30.6 in.)
  • Height: 175 mm (6.9 in.), 4 EIA units
  • Weight: 69 kg (152 lb)
• PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Width: 482 mm (19 in.)
  • Depth: 802 mm (31.6 in.)
  • Height: 175 mm (6.9 in.), 4 EIA units
  • Weight: 54.4 kg (120 lb)

To assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM industry-standard racks, review the installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Operating environment

• Temperature:
  • 1 to 60 degrees C (34 to 140 F) nonoperating
  • 18 to 27 degrees C (64 to 80 F) recommended operating
  • 5 to 40 degrees C (41 to 104 F) allowable operating
  • Derate maximum allowable dry-bulb temperature 1 degrees C (1.8 F) per 175 m (574 ft) above 950 m (3117 ft)
• Relative humidity (noncondensing):
  • 5% to 80% RH nonoperating
  • 8% to 80% operating
• Maximum dew point:
  • 27 degrees C (80 F) nonoperating
  • 24 degrees C (75 F) operating
• Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V ac
  • Operating frequency: 50 to 60 Hz +/-3 Hz
  • Power consumption: 3,500 watts maximum (per system node)
  • Power source loading: 3.57 kVA maximum (per system node)
  • Thermal output: 11,940 Btu/hr maximum (per system node)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
• Noise level:
  • One typically configured 2-socket enclosure:
    • 7.2 bels (operating/idle: A-Weighted Upper-Limit Sound Power Level)
  • One maximally configures 4-socket enclosure:
    • 7.4 bels (operating/idle: A-Weighted Upper-Limit Sound Power Level)
    • 8.1 bels (heavy workload: A-Weighted Upper-Limit Sound Power Level)

The Power E850 server must be installed in a rack with a rear door and side panels for EMC compliance. The native HMC Ethernet ports must use shielded Ethernet cables.
Note: Government regulations (such as those prescribed by OSHA or European Community Directives) may govern noise level exposure in the workplace and may apply to you and your server installation. This IBM system is available with an optional acoustical door feature that can help reduce the noise emitted from this system. The actual sound pressure levels in your installation depend upon a variety of factors, including the number of racks in the installation; the size, materials, and configuration of the room where you designate the racks to be installed; the noise levels from other equipment; the room ambient temperature, and employees' location in relation to the equipment. Further, compliance with such government regulations also depends upon a variety of additional factors, including the duration of employees' exposure and whether employees wear hearing protection. IBM recommends that you consult with qualified experts in this field to determine whether you are in compliance with the applicable regulations.

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

• US: FCC CFR, Title 47, Part 15, EMI Class A3
• EEA, Turkey: EU Council Directive 2004/108/EC, EMI Class A3
• Japan: VCCI Council, EMI Class A3
• Korea: KCC, EMI Class A3
• China (PRC): CPCS, EMI Class A3
• Taiwan: Taiwan BSMI, EMI Class A3
• Australia\New Zealand: ACMA, EMI Class A3
• Canada: ICES-003, EMI Class A3
• Russia: GOST R, EMI Class A3
• Saudi Arabia: MoCI, EMI Class A3
• Vietnam: MPT, EMI Class A3

Homologation -- Telecom type approval

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France.

The Power E850 system nodes or system control unit or PCIe Gen3 Expansion units are not certified for connection to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions and for information on PCIe adapters that can be used in the system and which are certified.

Product safety/country testing/certification

• UL 60950-1:2007 Underwriters Laboratory
• CAN/CSA22.2 No. 60950-1-07
• EN60950-1:2006 European Norm
• IEC 60950-1 2nd Edition + all National Differences

General requirements

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Homologation

The Power E850 system nodes or system control unit or PCIe Gen3 Expansion units are not certified for direct connection to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions and for information on PCIe adapters that can be used in the system and which are certified.

Limitations

DASD supported internal to CEC:

• HDD DASD
  • 600 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESD5)
  • 1.2 TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESD9)
  • 300 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESDB)
  • 600 GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux) (#ESDF)
  • 300 GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESDR)
  • 146 GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESDT)
  • 600 GB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESF5)
  • 1.2 TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESF9)
  • 300 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive (#ESFB)
  • 600 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive (#ESFF)
  • 1.8 TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESFV)
• SDD (2.5 inch) DASD
  • 387 GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES0L)
  • 775 GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ESON)
  • 387 GB SFF-3 4k SSD AIX/Linux (#ES0U)
  • 775 GB SFF-3 4k SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES0W)
• SDD (1.8 inch) modules
  • 177 GB 1.8" 4k SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux (#ES0Y)
  • 177 GB 1.8" SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux (528 byte) (#ES0Z)
  • 387 GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES16)
  • 387GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (ES1C)
  • 387GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (ES2V)
  • 775GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (ES2X)
  • 775GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (ES4K)

DASD supported external to CEC:

• HDD DASD
  • 1.2 TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESD3)
  • 600 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux) (#ESDP)
  • 600 GB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESEV)
  • 300 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive (#ESEZ)
  • 1.2 TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESF3)
  • 600 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive (#ESFP)
  • 1.8 TB 10K RPM 4K SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#ESFT)
  • 900 GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#1752)
  • 146 GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#1917)
  • 300 GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#1925)
  • 300 GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#1953)
  • 600 GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) (#1964)
• SDD (2.5 inch) DASD
  • 775 GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES0G)
  • 775 GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES0S)
  • 387 GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES19)
  • 387 GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC (#ES0C) (Support only)
  • 387 GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES0Q)
  • 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES78)
  • 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES7E)
  • 387GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES7K)
  • 775GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES7P)
  • 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES80)
  • 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES85)
  • 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES8C)
  • 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES8F)
  • 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux (#ES8J)
  • 387GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES8N)
  • 775GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES8Q)
  • 1.55TB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux (#ES8V)

PCIe adapters supported internal to CEC and PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer:

• PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter (#5899)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter (#EN0S)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter (#EN0U)
• PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter (#EN0W)
• PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter (#EN15)
• PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter (#EN17)
• PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter (#EC2N)
• PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter (#EC38)
• PCIe3 2-port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter (#EC3B)
• PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for 4U CEC (#EJ08)
• PCIe2 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter (#EN0A)
• PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter (#5729)
• PCIe2 4-port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter (#5744)
• 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter (#5769)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45 (#EN0H)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45 (#EN0K)
• PCIe2 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter (#EN0M)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter (#EN0S)
• PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter (#EN0U)
• PCIe2 2-port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter (#EC30)
• PCIe2 2-port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb (#5285)
• PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter (#5287) 10Gb FCoE
• PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708)
• PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ0L)
• PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ0J)
• PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ10)
• PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter (#5901)
• 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter (#5735)
• PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001 (#EJ28)
• 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter (#5717)
• 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter (#5767)
• 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter (#5768)
• 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter (#EN27)
• 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter (#5785)
• PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1 (#EC42)
• POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator (#5748)
• PCIe2 4-port USB 3.0 Adapter (#EC46)
• PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14)

Hardware requirements

Minimum configuration

The minimum Power E850 initial order must include a processor module, 128 GB of memory, a storage backplane, one HDD or SSD DASD device, a PCIe2 4-port 1GbE controller, four power supplies and line cords, an operating system indicator, and a Language Group Specify.

The minimum defined initial order configuration, if no choice is made, is as follows:

Feature    Description
number
---------- -------------------------------------------------------------
#EPV2 x 2  8-core 3.72 GHz POWER8 Processor module
and
#EPV9      Processor core entitlement activations for #EPV2 to equal
           total processor cores ordered
#EM86 x 8  16 GB CDIMM, 1600 MHz DDR3 Memory and memory activation
           features. All memory ordered in pairs.
#EPVN x 1  Dual Controller Disk Backplane with write cache
#ESDB x 1  300 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive
or
#0837 x 1  SAN Load Source Specify
#5899 x 1  PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
#EB2M x 4  AC Power Supply - 1400W for Server (200-240 V ac)
and
#6458 x 4  Power Cord 4.3 m (14 ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU (250V/10A)
#9300/97xx Language Group Specify
#2146      Primary Operating System Indicator - AIX
or
#2147 x 1  Primary Operating System Indicator - Linux

Notes:

• Feature-coded racks are allowed for I/O expansion only.
• A machine type/model rack, if desired, should be ordered as the primary rack.
• The 7014-T00 (36U) rack is defaulted for manufacturing rack integration.
• A minimum number of 16 processor activations must be ordered per system.
• A minimum of four memory features per system node is required.
• At least 50% of available memory must be activated through a combination of features EMAA, EMAB, and EMAC.
• If SAN Load Source Specify (#0837) is ordered, features 0040, 0041, 0043, 0047, and 0308 are not supported.
• The language group is auto-selected based on geographic rules.
• One HMC is required for every 8408-E8E ; however, a communal HMC is acceptable. HMCs supported on POWER8 hardware are 7042-CR5 through 7042-CR8.

Hardware Management Console (HMC) machine code

If attaching an HMC to a new server or adding function to an existing server that requires a firmware update, the HMC machine code may need to be updated. To determine the HMC machine code level required for the firmware level on any server, go to the following website to access the Fix Level Recommendation Tool (FLRT) on or after the planned availability date for this product. FLRT will identify the correct HMC machine code for the selected system firmware level

http://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/POWER8

If a single HMC is attached to multiple servers, the HMC machine code level must be updated at a minimum to the server with the most recent firmware level. All prior levels of server firmware are supported with the latest HMC machine code level.

Multiple POWER8 processor-based system nodes can be supported by a single HMC.

If an HMC is used to manage any POWER8 processor-based system node, the HMC must be 7042 -- CR5 through CR9 rack models -- or 7042-C08 deskside model, or later.

When PowerVC is enabled, 4 GB of RAM is recommended. To use the Enhanced login mode, 8 GB is recommended. The IBM 7042 Model CR9 has an Intel Xeon Processor E5-2620 v3, 2.4 GHz speed, 16 GB memory, 500 GB hard drive, and DVD-RAM optical device.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system LPAR with any I/O configuration (one of these):

• AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level Service Pack 5, and APAR IV68444, or later
• AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability September 30, 2015)
• AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 5, and APAR IV68443, or later
• AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability September 30, 2015)

If installing the AIX operating system Virtual I/O only LPAR (one of these):

• AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-02 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
• AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
• AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-08 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later
• AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level Service Pack 1, or later

If installing VIOS:

• VIOS 2.2.3.51, or later

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

• Big endian
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.6, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 3 (IBM Power Systems Solution Editions for SAP HANA clients only)
• Little endian
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 and later Service Packs
  • Ubuntu 14.0.3, or later

Java is supported on POWER8 servers. For best exploitation of the outstanding performance capabilities and most recent improvements of POWER8 technology, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 7 or Java 6, whenever possible. For those clients who want to run Java in AIX environments, refer to

http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/aix/servic e.html

For Linux (including POWER Linux), visit

http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/java/jdk/linux/down load.html

Clients are strongly encouraged to move to a more current supported version: Java 6, Java 7, or Java 7.1.

Back to top

Publications

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

• Licenses, notices, safety, and warranty information
• Planning for the system
• Installing and configuring the system
• Troubleshooting, service, and support
• Installing, configuring, and managing consoles, terminals, and interfaces
• Installing operating systems
• Creating a virtual computing environment
• Enclosures and expansion units
• Glossary

You can access the product documentation at

http://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/POWER8

Product documentation is also available on DVD (SK5T-7087):

• Power Hardware Information DVD SK5T-7087
• Installing the IBM Power E850
• Important Notices
• Warranty Information
• License Agreement for Machine Code

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at

http://www.ibm.com/support

The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information center where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. Visit the IBM Systems Information Center, at

http://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/

The IBM Publications Center Portal is located at

http://www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalog of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided. A large number of publications are available online in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded.

Back to top

Features

	Features - No charge		Feature availability matrix
	Features - Chargeable		Feature descriptions

Features - No charge

• Languages
  • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
  • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
  • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
  • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
  • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
  • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
  • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
  • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
  • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
  • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
  • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
  • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
  • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
  • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
  • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
  • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
  • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
  • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
  • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
  • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
  • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
  • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
  • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
  • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai
• Specify Codes
  • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
  • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
  • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
  • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
  • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
  • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
  • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter
  • (#9449) -Other License Core Counter

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

• Administrative
  • (#0465) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S
  • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
  • (#ESC7) -S&H
• Editions
  • (#EU2B) -BLU Acceleration Solution Edition Indicator
• Linecords
  • (#EPAC) -Auto Selected HVDC Power Cord
• Memory
  • (#EMAJ) -256GB Memory Activation for #EPVL and #EPVR
  • (#EMEE) -DDR4 Memory Enablement (plant)
• Miscellaneous
  • (#0712) -Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing
  • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
  • (#8143) -Linux Software Preinstall
  • (#8144) -Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
  • (#9461) -Month Indicator
  • (#9462) -Day Indicator
  • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
  • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
  • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
  • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator
  • (#EHCE) -IBM Cognos Business Intelligence
  • (#EHDS) -InfoSphere Information Server (IIS) / Data Stage
  • (#EHKV) -SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
  • (#EHSS) -SPSS Modeler Server Gold
  • (#EUC0) -Solution Specify - Reserved
  • (#EUC1) -Solution Specify - Reserved
  • (#EUC2) -Solution Specify - Reserved
  • (#EUC3) -Solution Specify - Reserved
• Processor
  • (#EPVL) -Power Package of 3.72GHz Processor and 256GB Memory for HANA Solution
  • (#EPVM) -Power Processor Activation for #EPVL
• Services
  • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement
  • (#ERF1) -RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and HMCs
• Specify Codes
  • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated

    One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).

  • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
  • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
  • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
  • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
  • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
  • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
  • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
  • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
  • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
  • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
  • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
  • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
  • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
  • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
  • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
  • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
  • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
  • (#9450) -Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

• Adapters
  • (#5285) -PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
  • (#5287) -PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
  • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5729) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#5744) -PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
  • (#5748) -POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
  • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
  • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
  • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
  • (#EC2N) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
  • (#EC30) -PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
  • (#EC38) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
  • (#EC3B) -PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
  • (#EC3F) -PCIe3 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
  • (#EC3M) -PCIe3 2-port 100GbE (NIC&RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
  • (#EC3U) -PCIe3 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
  • (#EC42) -PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1
  • (#EC46) -PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
  • (#EC55) -PCIe3 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter
  • (#EC57) -PCIe3 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter
  • (#EJ08) -PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#EJ0J) -PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
  • (#EJ0L) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
  • (#EJ10) -PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
  • (#EJ14) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
  • (#EJ27) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
  • (#EJ28) -PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
  • (#EJ1P) -PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
  • (#EJ32) -PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor no BSC 4767
  • (#EJ33) -PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
  • (#EN0A) -PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#EN0G) -PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#EN0H) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
  • (#EN0K) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
  • (#EN0M) -PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
  • (#EN0S) -PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
  • (#EN0U) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
  • (#EN0W) -PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
  • (#EN12) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#EN15) -PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
  • (#EN17) -PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
  • (#EN27) -2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
  • (#EPVN) -Storage Backplane with Dual RAID Controllers with Write Cache
  • (#EPVP) -Storage Backplane with Dual RAID Controller without Write Cache
  • (#EPVQ) -Split Storage Backplane with Two RAID Controllers without Write Cache
• Administrative
  • (#0719) -Load Source Not in CEC
  • (#EHS2) -SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
  • (#ELJN) -Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package
  • (#ELJQ) -Power IFL PowerVM for Linux
• Cable
  • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0368) -V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3
  • (#1010) -Modem Cable - Austria
  • (#1011) -Modem Cable - Belgium
  • (#1012) -Modem Cable - Africa
  • (#1014) -Modem Cable - Italy
  • (#1015) -Modem Cable - France
  • (#1016) -Modem Cable - Germany
  • (#1017) -Modem Cable - UK
  • (#1018) -Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • (#1021) -Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • (#1022) -Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • (#1023) -Modem Cable - Swiss
  • (#1024) -Modem Cable - Denmark
  • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
  • (#1111) -3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
  • (#1112) -10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
  • (#1113) -25m, Blue Cat5e Cable
  • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
  • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
  • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
  • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
  • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
  • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
  • (#3287) -1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
  • (#3288) -3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
  • (#3289) -5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
  • (#3290) -10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
  • (#3293) -30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
  • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M:
  • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M:
  • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M:
  • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
  • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
  • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
  • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
  • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
  • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
  • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
  • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
  • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
  • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
  • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
  • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
  • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
  • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
  • (#EB27) -QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver
  • (#EB2B) -1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
  • (#EB2H) -3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
  • (#EB2J) -10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
  • (#EB2K) -30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
  • (#EB50) -0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB51) -1.0m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB52) -2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB54) -1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB59) -100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28
  • (#EB5A) -3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5B) -5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5C) -10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5D) -15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5E) -20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5F) -30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5G) -50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5H) -100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5J) -0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5K) -1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5L) -1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5M) -2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
  • (#EB5R) -3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5S) -5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5T) -10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5U) -15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5V) -20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5W) -30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5X) -50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#EB5Y) -100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
  • (#ECB0) -0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
  • (#ECB2) -1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
  • (#ECBJ) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
  • (#ECBK) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
  • (#ECBL) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
  • (#ECBM) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
  • (#ECBN) -5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
  • (#ECBT) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBU) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBV) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBW) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBX) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBY) -SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECBZ) -SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
  • (#ECC0) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
  • (#ECC2) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
  • (#ECC3) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
  • (#ECC4) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
  • (#ECCF) -System Port Converter Cable for UPS
  • (#ECCS) -3M Copper CXP Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#ECDJ) -3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDK) -4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDL) -10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDT) -1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDU) -3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDV) -4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECDW) -10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
  • (#ECE0) -0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
  • (#ECE3) -3.0M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
  • (#ECE4) -4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
  • (#ECW0) -Optical Wrap Plug
  • (#EN01) -1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
  • (#EN02) -3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
  • (#EN03) -5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
• Disk
  • (#1752) -900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
  • (#1866) -Quantity 150 of #1917
  • (#1869) -Quantity 150 of #1925
  • (#1917) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#1925) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
  • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#EQ52) -Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
  • (#EQ62) -Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
  • (#EQ64) -Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
  • (#EQD3) -Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
  • (#EQDP) -Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/ LINUX)
  • (#EQEV) -Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
  • (#EQEZ) -Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
  • (#EQF3) -Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
  • (#EQFP) -Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
  • (#EQFT) -Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
  • (#ES62) -3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ES64) -7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESD5) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESD9) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESDB) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESDF) -600GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (Aix/ Linux)
  • (#ESDP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/ Linux)
  • (#ESDR) -300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESDT) -146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
  • (#ESEV) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
  • (#ESEZ) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
  • (#ESF3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
  • (#ESF5) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
  • (#ESF9) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
  • (#ESFB) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
  • (#ESFF) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
  • (#ESFP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
  • (#ESFT) -1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
  • (#ESFV) -1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
• Display
  • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
• Drive
  • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
  • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
  • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
  • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
  • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
  • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
  • (#EUA4) -RDX USB External Docking Station
• Keyboards
  • (#EK51) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
  • (#EK52) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
  • (#EK53) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
  • (#EK54) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
  • (#EK55) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
  • (#EK56) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
  • (#EK57) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
  • (#EK58) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
  • (#EK59) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
  • (#EK60) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
  • (#EK61) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
  • (#EK62) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
  • (#EK64) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
  • (#EK65) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
  • (#EK66) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
  • (#EK67) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
  • (#EK68) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
  • (#EK69) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
  • (#EK70) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
  • (#EK71) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
  • (#EK72) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
  • (#EK73) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
  • (#EK74) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
  • (#EK75) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
  • (#EK76) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
  • (#EK77) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
  • (#EK78) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
  • (#EK79) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
  • (#EK80) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
  • (#EK81) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
  • (#EK82) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
  • (#EK83) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
• Linecords
  • (#6458) - Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU
  • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
  • (#6469) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 15A) U. S.
  • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
  • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
  • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 16A)
  • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
  • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 13A)
  • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
  • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
  • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
  • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
  • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/ 15A or 250V/10A )
  • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A 380-415V Power Cord
  • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
  • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
  • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
  • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
  • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
  • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
  • (#6653) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
  • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cord
  • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A WR Pwr Cord
  • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
  • (#6657) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
  • (#6658) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
  • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
  • (#6660) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/ 15A)
  • (#6665) -Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
  • (#6667) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
  • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
  • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
  • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
  • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
  • (#ECJ5) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord
  • (#ECJ7) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord
  • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m
  • (#EPAD) -2.5 Meter HVDC Power Cord
  • (#EQ77) -Qty 150 of #6577
• Manufacturing Instruction
  • (#0373) -UPS Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0374) -HMC Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0375) -Display Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0376) -Reserve Rack Space for UPS
  • (#0377) -Reserve Rack Space for HMC
  • (#0378) -Reserve Rack Space for Display
  • (#9359) -specify mode-1 & (1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#9360) -Specify mode-1 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#9361) -Specify mode-2 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#9365) -Specify mode-4 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#9366) -Specify mode-2 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#EJPJ) -Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
  • (#EJPK) -Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
  • (#EJPL) -Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
  • (#EJPM) -Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
  • (#EJPN) -Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
  • (#EJR1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJR2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJR3) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJR4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJR5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJR6) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJR7) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRA) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)
  • (#EJRB) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJRD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
  • (#EJRE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/ EL1S)
  • (#EJRF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRG) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRH) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRJ) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRL) -Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
  • (#EJRP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRR) -Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
  • (#EJRS) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRT) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
  • (#EJRU) -Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
  • (#EJV1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV3) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV6) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJV7) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVA) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVB) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
  • (#EJVF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
  • (#EJVP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
  • (#EJW1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW3) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW6) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJW7) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWA) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWB) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
  • (#EJWG) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWH) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWJ) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
  • (#EJWR) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWS) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
  • (#EJWT) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L& (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
• Media Devices
  • (#5771) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
• Memory
  • (#4798) -Active Memory Expansion Enablement
  • (#ELJP) -Power IFL Memory Activation
  • (#EM81) -Active Memory Mirroring
  • (#EM86) -16 GB CDIMM, 1600MHZ, DDR3 Memory
  • (#EM87) -32 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR3 Memory
  • (#EM88) -64 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR3 Memory
  • (#EM8P) -16 GB DDR4 Memory
  • (#EM8Q) -32 GB DDR4 Memory
  • (#EM8R) -64 GB DDR4 Memory
  • (#EM8S) -128 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 Memory
  • (#EM9T) -90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement
  • (#EMAA) -1GB Memory Activation
  • (#EMAB) -Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activations
  • (#EMB9) - Five Hundred and Twelve Memory Activations for IFL & HANA SOLUTION
  • (#EMED) -DDR4 Memory Enablement (field)
  • (#EMJA) -8 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD Memory
  • (#EMJB) -800 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD Memory
  • (#EMJC) -999 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD memory
• Miscellaneous
  • (#0004) -EMEA Bulk MES Indicator
  • (#0098) -Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator
  • (#1140) -Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
  • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
  • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
  • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
  • (#ECSF) -Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France
  • (#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico
  • (#ECSP) -Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
  • (#EU29) -Order Placed Indicator
• Pointing Device
  • (#8845) -USB Mouse
• Power
  • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
  • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
  • (#7196) -Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord
  • (#EB2M) -AC Power Supply - 1400W for Server (200-240 VAC)
  • (#ECJJ) - High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
  • (#ECJL) - High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
  • (#ECJN) - High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
  • (#ECJQ) - High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
  • (#EMXA) -AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#EMXB) -DC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#EPAA) -HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet
  • (#EPTJ) -High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
  • (#EPTL) -High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
  • (#EPTN) -High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
  • (#EPTQ) -High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
  • (#ESLA) -Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage Enclosure
• Processor
  • (#ELJK) -Power IFL Processor Activation
  • (#ELJL) -Power IFL Processor Activation
  • (#ELJM) -Power IFL Processor Activation
  • (#EP9T) -90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
  • (#EPJW) -1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV2, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPJX) -100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV2. AIX/ Linux
  • (#EPJY) -100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV2, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPK0) -1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV4, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPK1) -100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV4. AIX/ Linux
  • (#EPK2) -100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV4, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPK3) -1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV6, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPK4) -100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV6. AIX/ Linux
  • (#EPK5) -100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV6, AIX/Linux
  • (#EPV2) -3.72 GHz, 8-core POWER8 Processor Module
  • (#EPV4) -3.02 GHz, 12-core POWER8 Processor Module
  • (#EPV6) -3.35 GHz, 10-core POWER8 Processor Module
  • (#EPV9) -1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV2
  • (#EPVD) -1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV4
  • (#EPVH) -1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV6
• Rack Related
  • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
  • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
  • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
  • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
  • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
  • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
  • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
  • (#EBA5) -HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting
  • (#EB2Z) -Lift Tool
  • (#EB3Z) -Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
  • (#EB4Z) -Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
  • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
  • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
  • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
  • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
  • (#EC07) -Slim Rear Acoustic Door
  • (#EC08) -Slim Front Acoustic Door
  • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
  • (#ECR0) -2.0 Meter Slim Rack
  • (#ECRF) -Rack Front Door High-End appearance
  • (#ECRG) -Rack Rear Door Black
  • (#ECRJ) -Rack Side Cover
  • (#ECRK) -Rack Rear Extension 5-In
  • (#ECRM) -Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
  • (#EMX0) -PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • (#EMXF) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#EMXG) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • (#EPTH) -Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
  • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack
  • (#ERG0) -Rear rack extension
  • (#ERG7) -Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • (#ESLL) -EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
  • (#ESLS) -EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
  • (#ESNK) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
  • (#ESNM) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
  • (#ESNP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
  • (#ESNR) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
  • (#ESPM) -Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
  • (#ESPR) -Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
• Services
  • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
  • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units
  • (#EUC6) -Core Use HW Feature
  • (#EUC7) -Core Use HW Feature 10X
• Solid State Drive
  • (#EQ0C) -Quantity of 150 #ES0C
  • (#EQ0G) -Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
  • (#EQ0Q) -Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
  • (#EQ0S) -Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
  • (#EQ19) -Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
  • (#EQ78) -Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
  • (#EQ7E) -Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
  • (#EQ80) -Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQ85) -Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQ8C) -Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQ8F) -Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQ8Y) -Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQ96) -Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQE7) -Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
  • (#EQG5) -Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)
  • (#EQGB) -Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
  • (#EQGF) -Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
  • (#EQGK) -Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
  • (#EQGP) -Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
  • (#ER94) -Quantity 150 of ES94 387GB SAS 4k
  • (#ERGV) -Quantity 150 of ESGV 387GB SSD 4k
  • (#ERGZ) -Quantity 150 of ESGZ 775GB SSD 4k
  • (#ERHJ) -Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
  • (#ERHL) -Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
  • (#ERJ0) -Quantity 150 of ESJ0 931GB SAS 4k
  • (#ERJ2) -Quantity 150 of ESJ2 1.86TB SAS 4k
  • (#ERJ4) -Quantity 150 of ESJ4 3.72TB SAS 4k
  • (#ERM8) -Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
  • (#ERNA) -Quantity 150 of ESNA 775GB SSD 4k
  • (#ERNE) -Quantity 150 of ESNE 1.55TB SSD 4k
  • (#ES0C) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
  • (#ES0G) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0L) -387GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0N) -775GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0Q) -387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0S) -775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0U) -387GB SFF-3 4k SSD AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0W) -775GB SFF-3 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0Y) -177 GB 1.8" 4k SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES0Z) -177 GB 1.8" SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux (528 byte)
  • (#ES19) -387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES1C) -387GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES2V) -387GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES2X) -775GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES4K) -775GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES78) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES7E) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES7K) -387GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES7P) -775GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES80) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES83) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES85) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8C) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8F) -1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8J) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8N) -387GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8Q) -775GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8V) -1.55TB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES8Y) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES90) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES92) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES94) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ES96) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESB0) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESB2) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESB4) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESB6) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESB8) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESBA) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESBE) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESBG) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESBJ) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESBL) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESE1) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESE7) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESG5) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESG9) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGB) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGD) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGF) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGH) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGK) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGM) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGP) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGR) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGT) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGV) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGX) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESGZ) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESHJ) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESHL) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESHS) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESHU) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJ0) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJ2) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJ4) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJ8) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJA) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESJC) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESM8) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESMQ) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESNA) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESNC) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESNE) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESNG) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
  • (#ESQ2) -Quantity 150 of ESB2 387GB SAS 4k
  • (#ESQ6) -Quantity 150 of ESB6 775GB SAS 4k
  • (#ESQA) -Quantity 150 of ESBA 387GB SAS 4k
  • (#ESQG) -Quantity 150 of ESBG 775GB SAS 4k
  • (#ESQL) -Quantity 150 of ESBL 1.55TB SAS 4k
• Specify Codes
  • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
  • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
  • (#0728) -EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
  • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
  • (#EHR1) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)
  • (#EHR2) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)
• Virtualization Engine
  • (#EC17) -CAPI Activation
  • (#ELPM) -Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility
  • (#EPVU) -PowerVM -Standard Edition
  • (#EPVV) -PowerVM - Enterprise Edition

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 8408 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |E| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |8| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |E|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------

0004    |A| EMEA Bulk MES Indicator
 


0010    |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011    |A| Ten CSC Billing Units

0098    |A| Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator
 


0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

0368    |S| V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3
 


0373    |A| UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374    |A| HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375    |A| Display Factory Integration Specify
0376    |A| Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377    |A| Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378    |A| Reserve Rack Space for Display
0456    |A| Customer Specified Placement
0465    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S
0551    |A| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553    |A| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0599    |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0712    |A| Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing
0719    |A| Load Source Not in CEC
0728    |S| EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify



1010    |S| Modem Cable - Austria
1011    |S| Modem Cable - Belgium
1012    |S| Modem Cable - Africa
1014    |S| Modem Cable - Italy
1015    |S| Modem Cable - France
1016    |S| Modem Cable - Germany
1017    |S| Modem Cable - UK
1018    |S| Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
 




1021    |S| Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
1022    |S| Modem Cable - Netherlands
1023    |S| Modem Cable - Swiss
1024    |S| Modem Cable - Denmark
 


1025    |S| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1111    |A| 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1112    |A| 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1113    |A| 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable
1140    |A| Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1752    |S| 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1818    |A| Quantity 150 of #1964
1866    |S| Quantity 150 of #1917
1869    |S| Quantity 150 of #1925
1917    |S| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1925    |S| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1929    |A| Quantity 150 of #1953
1953    |A| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1964    |A| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2456    |A| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2934    |A| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3287    |A| 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3288    |A| 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3289    |S| 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3290    |S| 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3293    |S| 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3632    |S| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M:
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M:
3663    |S| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M:
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |S| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |S| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3925    |A| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930    |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242    |S| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
        | |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
4276    |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4798    |A| Active Memory Expansion Enablement
5000    |A| Software Preload Required
5285    |S| PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
5287    |S| PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter
5708    |S| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5717    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5729    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
5735    |S| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5744    |S| PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter
5748    |A| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5767    |S| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768    |S| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5769    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5771    |A| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5785    |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5887    |S| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899    |A| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5901    |S| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6458    |A| Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU
6460    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6469    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A)
        | |U. S.
6470    |S| Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6472    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6488    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A
        | |or 250V/10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A 380-415V Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
6492    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6577    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586    |S| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6653    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
6654    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cord
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A WR Pwr Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
6657    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
6658    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
6659    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)
6665    |A| Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
6667    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
6669    |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6671    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
7109    |S| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7118    |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7196    |S| Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal,
        | |Fixed Power Cord
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
8143    |A| Linux Software Preinstall
8144    |A| Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)
8845    |S| USB Mouse
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9359    |S| specify mode-1 & (1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9360    |S| Specify mode-1 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9361    |S| Specify mode-2 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9365    |S| Specify mode-4 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9366    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
9440    |A| New AIX License Core Counter
9442    |A| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |A| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |A| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |A| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |A| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |A| VIOS Core Counter
9449    |A| Other License Core Counter
9450    |A| Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |A| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726    |A| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728    |A| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |A| Language Group Specify - Thai
EBA5    |S| HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting
EB27    |A| QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver
EB2B    |A| 1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2H    |A| 3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2J    |A| 10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
EB2K    |A| 30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable
EB2M    |A| AC Power Supply - 1400W for Server (200-240 VAC)
EB2N    |S| DC Power Supply - 1400W (180-400V)
EB2Z    |A| Lift Tool
EB3Z    |A| Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
EB4Z    |A| Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
EB50    |S| 0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB51    |A| 1.0m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB52    |A| 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB54    |A| 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB59    |A| 100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28
EB5A    |A| 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5B    |A| 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5C    |A| 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5D    |A| 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5E    |A| 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5F    |A| 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5G    |A| 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5H    |A| 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5J    |A| 0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5K    |A| 1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5L    |A| 1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5M    |A| 2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5R    |A| 3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5S    |A| 5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5T    |A| 10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5U    |A| 15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5V    |A| 20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5W    |A| 30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5X    |A| 50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5Y    |A| 100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EC01    |S| Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02    |S| Rack Rear Door
EC03    |S| Rack Side Cover
EC04    |S| Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC07    |A| Slim Rear Acoustic Door
EC08    |A| Slim Front Acoustic Door
EC15    |S| Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
EC17    |A| CAPI Activation
EC2N    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC30    |A| PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter
EC38    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC3B    |S| PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
EC3F    |S| PCIe3 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC3M    |S| PCIe3 2-port 100GbE (NIC&RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
EC3U    |S| PCIe3 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC42    |S| PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1
EC46    |S| PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC55    |S| PCIe3 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter
EC57    |S| PCIe3 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter
ECB0    |A| 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECB2    |A| 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable
ECBJ    |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBK    |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBL    |S| SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBM    |A| SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBN    |S| 5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
ECBT    |A| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBU    |A| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBV    |A| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBW    |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBX    |S| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBY    |A| SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBZ    |A| SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECC0    |A| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC2    |A| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC3    |A| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC4    |S| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC7    |A| 3M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECC8    |A| 10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECCF    |A| System Port Converter Cable for UPS
ECCS    |A| 3M Copper CXP Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECDJ    |A| 3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDK    |A| 4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to
        | |Enclosure)
ECDL    |A| 10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to
        | |Enclosure)
ECDT    |A| 1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDU    |A| 3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDV    |A| 4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDW    |A| 10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECE0    |A| 0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECE3    |A| 3.0M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECE4    |A| 4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECJ5    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power
        | |Cord
ECJ7    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power
        | |Cord
ECJJ    |A| High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
ECJL    |A| High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
ECJN    |A| High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
ECJQ    |A| High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
ECR0    |A| 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
ECRF    |A| Rack Front Door High-End appearance
ECRG    |A| Rack Rear Door Black
ECRJ    |A| Rack Side Cover
ECRK    |A| Rack Rear Extension 5-In
ECRM    |A| Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)



ECSF    |A| Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France



ECSM    |A| Custom Service Specify, Mexico
ECSP    |A| Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
ECW0    |A| Optical Wrap Plug



EHCE    |A| IBM Cognos Business Intelligence
EHDS    |A| InfoSphere Information Server (IIS) / Data Stage
EHKV    |A| SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
EHR1    |A| Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or
        | |#ELLL)
EHR2    |A| Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or
        | |#ELLS)
EHS2    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
EHSS    |A| SPSS Modeler Server Gold
EJ08    |S| PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EJ0J    |A| PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0L    |A| PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ10    |A| PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ14    |A| PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ1P    |S| PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
EJ27    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001
EJ28    |S| PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001
EJ32    |A| PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor no BSC 4767
EJ33    |S| PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
EJPJ    |S| Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPK    |S| Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPL    |S| Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPM    |S| Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJPN    |S| Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S
EJR1    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR2    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR3    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJR4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR5    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR6    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJR7    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B  & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJRA    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/El1S)
EJRB    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJRC    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRD    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRE    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)
EJRF    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRG    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X  for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRH    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X  for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRJ    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRL    |A| Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
EJRP    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRR    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
EJRS    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRT    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRU    |A| Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJV1    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV2    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV3    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV4    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV5    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV6    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV7    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVA    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVB    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVC    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVD    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVE    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVF    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVP    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJW1    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW2    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW3    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW4    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW5    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW6    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW7    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWA    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWB    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWC    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWD    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWE    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWF    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWG    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWH    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWJ    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWP    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWR    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWS    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWT    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L& (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EK51    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
EK52    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
EK53    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
EK54    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
EK55    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
EK56    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
EK57    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
EK58    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
EK59    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
EK60    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
EK61    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
EK62    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
EK64    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
EK65    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
EK66    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
EK67    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
EK68    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
EK69    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
EK70    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
EK71    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
EK72    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
EK73    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
EK74    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
EK75    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
EK76    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
EK77    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
EK78    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
EK79    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
EK80    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
EK81    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
EK82    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
EK83    |S| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P



ELC0    |A| PDU Access Cord 0.38m
ELJK    |A| Power IFL Processor Activation
ELJL    |A| Power IFL Processor Activation
ELJM    |A| Power IFL Processor Activation
ELJN    |A| Power Integrated Facility for Linux Package
ELJP    |A| Power IFL Memory Activation
ELJQ    |A| Power IFL PowerVM for Linux
ELPM    |A| Trial PowerVM Live Partition Mobility
EM81    |A| Active Memory Mirroring
EM86    |S| 16 GB CDIMM, 1600MHZ, DDR3 Memory
EM87    |S| 32 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR3 Memory
EM88    |S| 64 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR3 Memory
EM8P    |S| 16 GB DDR4 Memory
EM8Q    |A| 32 GB DDR4 Memory
EM8R    |A| 64 GB DDR4 Memory
EM8S    |A| 128 GB CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 Memory
EM9T    |S\ 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement
EMAA    |A| 1GB Memory Activation
EMAB    |A| Quantity of 100 1GB Memory Activations
EMAJ    |A| 256GB Memory Activation for #EPVL and #EPVR



EMB9    |A| Five Hundred and Twelve Memory Activations for IFL & HANA
        | |  SOLUTION
EMED    |S| DDR4 Memory Enablement (field)
EMEE    |A| DDR4 Memory Enablement (plant)
EMJA    |S| 8 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD Memory
EMJB    |S| 800 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD Memory
EMJC    |S| 999 GB-Day Billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMX0    |A| PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
EMXA    |A| AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXB    |S| DC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXF    |S| PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXG    |S| PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EN01    |A| 1m (3.3-ft), 10GbE'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN02    |A| 3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN03    |A| 5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN0A    |A| PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0G    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0H    |S| PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0K    |A| PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0M    |S| PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
EN0S    |A| PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0U    |A| PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0W    |A| PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN12    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN15    |A| PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
EN17    |S| PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EN27    |S| 2 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter



EP9T    |S| 90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
EPAA    |S| HVDC PDU - 90A 6xOutlet
EPAC    |A| Auto Selected HVDC Power Cord
EPAD    |S| 2.5 Meter HVDC Power Cord
EPJW    |S| 1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV2, AIX/Linux
EPJX    |S| 100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV2. AIX/Linux
EPJY    |A| 100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV2, AIX/
        | |Linux
EPK0    |S| 1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV4, AIX/Linux
EPK1    |S| 100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV4. AIX/Linux
EPK2    |A| 100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV4, AIX/
        | |Linux
EPK3    |S| 1 Processor-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV6, AIX/Linux
EPK4    |S| 100 Processor-Days Elastic CoD Billing for #EPV6. AIX/Linux
EPK5    |A| 100 Processor-Minutes Utility CoD Billing for #EPV6, AIX/
        | |Linux
EPTH    |A| Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
EPTJ    |S| High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTL    |S| High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EPTN    |S| High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTQ    |S| High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EPV2    |A| 3.72 GHz, 8-core POWER8 Processor Module
EPV4    |A| 3.02 GHz, 12-core POWER8 Processor Module
EPV6    |A| 3.35 GHz, 10-core POWER8 Processor Module
EPV9    |A| 1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV2
EPVD    |A| 1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV4
EPVH    |A| 1 Core Processor Activation for #EPV6
EPVL    |S| Power Package of 3.72GHz Processor and 256GB Memory for
        | |HANA Solution
EPVM    |S| Power Processor Activation for #EPVL
EPVN    |S| Storage Backplane with Dual RAID Controllers with Write
        | |Cache
EPVP    |S| Storage Backplane with Dual RAID Controller without Write
        | |Cache
EPVQ    |S| Split Storage Backplane with Two RAID Controllers without
        | |Write Cache
EPVU    |A| PowerVM -Standard Edition
EPVV    |A| PowerVM - Enterprise Edition
EQ0C    |S| Quantity of 150 #ES0C
EQ0G    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0G (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ0Q    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ0S    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ19    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES19 (387GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ52    |S| Quantity 150 of #1752 (900GB SFF-2 disk)
EQ62    |A| Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ64    |A| Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ77    |A| Qty 150 of #6577
EQ78    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7E    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ80    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ85    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8C    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8F    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8Y    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ96    |S| Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQD3    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQDP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/
        | |LINUX)
EQE7    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQEV    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
EQEZ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
EQF3    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQFP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
EQFT    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
EQG5    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)
EQGB    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
EQGF    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
EQGK    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
EQGP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
ER05    |S| 42U Slim Rack
ER94    |S| Quantity 150 of ES94 387GB SAS 4k
ERF1    |A| RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and
        | |HMCs
ERG0    |A| Rear rack extension
ERG7    |A| Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
ERGV    |S| Quantity 150 of ESGV 387GB SSD 4k
ERGZ    |S| Quantity 150 of ESGZ 775GB SSD 4k
ERHJ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHL    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERJ0    |A| Quantity 150 of ESJ0 931GB SAS 4k
ERJ2    |A| Quantity 150 of ESJ2 1.86TB SAS 4k
ERJ4    |A| Quantity 150 of ESJ4 3.72TB SAS 4k
ERM8    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERNA    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNA 775GB SSD 4k
ERNE    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNE 1.55TB SSD 4k
ES0C    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux with eMLC
ES0G    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0L    |S| 387GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0N    |S| 775GB SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0Q    |S| 387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0S    |S| 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0U    |S| 387GB SFF-3 4k SSD AIX/Linux
ES0W    |S| 775GB SFF-3 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0Y    |S| 177 GB 1.8" 4k SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux
ES0Z    |S| 177 GB 1.8" SSD Read Intensive for AIX/Linux (528 byte)
ES16    |S| 387GB 1.8" SSD for AIX/Linux
ES19    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES1C    |S| 387GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES2V    |S| 387GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES2X    |S| 775GB 1.8" SAS 5xx SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES4K    |S| 775GB 1.8" SAS 4k SSD eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES62    |A| 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive
        | |(AIX/Linux)
ES64    |A| 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive
        | |(AIX/Linux)
ES78    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7E    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7K    |S| 387GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7P    |S| 775GB SFF-3 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES80    |S| 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES83    |S| 931GB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES85    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8C    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8F    |S| 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8J    |S| 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES8N    |S| 387GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8Q    |S| 775GB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8V    |S| 1.55TB SFF-3 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8Y    |S| 931GB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES90    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES92    |S| 1.86TB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES94    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES96    |S| 1.86TB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB0    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB2    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB4    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB6    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB8    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBA    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBE    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBG    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBJ    |A| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBL    |A| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESC0    |A| S&H - No Charge
ESC7    |A| S&H
ESD3    |S| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESD5    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESD9    |S| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDB    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDF    |S| 600GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (Aix/Linux)
ESDP    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux)
ESDR    |S| 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDT    |S| 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESE1    |S| 3.72TB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESE7    |S| 3.72TB  Mainstream  SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESEV    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESEZ    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESF3    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESF5    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESF9    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESFB    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESFF    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESFP    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESFT    |A| 1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESFV    |A| 1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-3 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESG5    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESG9    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGB    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGD    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGF    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGH    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGK    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGM    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGP    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGR    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGT    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGV    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGX    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGZ    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHJ    |S| 931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHL    |S| 1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHS    |S| 931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHU    |S| 1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ0    |A| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ2    |A| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ4    |A| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ8    |A| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJA    |A| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJC    |A| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESLA    |A| Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage
        | |Enclosure
ESLL    |A| EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESLS    |A| EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESM8    |S| 3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESMQ    |S| 3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNA    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNC    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNE    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNG    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-3 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNK    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESNM    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESNP    |A| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-3 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESNR    |A| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESPM    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPR    |A| Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
ESQ2    |A| Quantity 150 of ESB2 387GB SAS 4k
ESQ6    |A| Quantity 150 of ESB6 775GB SAS 4k
ESQA    |A| Quantity 150 of ESBA 387GB SAS 4k
ESQG    |A| Quantity 150 of ESBG 775GB SAS 4k
ESQL    |A| Quantity 150 of ESBL 1.55TB SAS 4k
EU01    |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU04    |S| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU08    |S| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU15    |S| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge

EU29    |A| Order Placed Indicator
 


EU2B    |A| BLU Acceleration Solution Edition Indicator
EU2T    |A| 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)

EUA4    |A| RDX USB External Docking Station
 


EUC0    |A| Solution Specify - Reserved
EUC1    |A| Solution Specify - Reserved
EUC2    |A| Solution Specify - Reserved
EUC3    |A| Solution Specify - Reserved
EUC6    |A| Core Use HW Feature
EUC7    |A| Core Use HW Feature 10X
 

Feature descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 8408 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0004) - EMEA Bulk MES Indicator

NON-AAP BULK ORDER INDICATOR

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

• Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

• Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0098) - Special Manufacturing Operations Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature that indicates special manufacturing operations are to be performed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 960 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 960 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0368) - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or an EIA232 electrical interface with M3 attachment screws. For Germany.

• Attributes provided: Cable
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: NA
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0373) - UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0374) - HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0375) - Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0376) - Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0377) - Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0378) - Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.

(#0456) - Customer Specified Placement

1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.
2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.
3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).
4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website

   http://www.ibm.com/eserver/

   (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)

5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.

• Attributes provided: I/O component placement
• Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP website. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0465) - SSD Placement Indicator - 5887, EL1S

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:

• #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
• #6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
• #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

• #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
• #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
• #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
• #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

• #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
• #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
• Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack
• Attributes required: #6068 or #6246 or #6248 or #6263.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:

• #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
• #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit (w/d 5/28/2010)
• #6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
• #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

• #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
• #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
• Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
• Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6272 or #6249
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

• Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
• Attributes required: 19-inch rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0712) - Power Cloud Integrated Solution Indicator For Order Routing

A manufacturing code used to identify when a Machine Type/Model is part of a Power Cloud solution or configuration.

• Attributes provided: Manufacturing Routing Code
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0719) - Load Source Not in CEC

This specify feature indicates to the IBM Marketing configurator tools and IBM manufacturing that disk drives will not be placed in the system unit, but will be placed in I/O drawers or in external SAN attached disk.

• Attributes provided: System unit(s) are shipped with no disk units placed inside.
• Attributes required: Alternate load source specified
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0728) - EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Indicates that Load Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0837) - SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

• Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
• Attributes required: Fiber Channel adapter
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act. Only valid on U.S. orders.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#0984) - Product assembled in USA manufacturing plant

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#1010) - Modem Cable - Austria

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Austria modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1011) - Modem Cable - Belgium

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Belgium modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1012) - Modem Cable - Africa

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Africa modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1014) - Modem Cable - Italy

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Italy modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1015) - Modem Cable - France

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

France modem cable use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1016) - Modem Cable - Germany

(No longer available as of November 12, 2019)

Germany modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1017) - Modem Cable - UK

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

United Kingdom modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1018) - Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Iceland/Sweden modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1019) - Modem Cable - Australia

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Australia modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1020) - Modem Cable - HK/NZ

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

China(Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters for New Zealand and with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters for Hong Kong. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1021) - Modem Cable - Fin/Nor

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Finland/Norway modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1022) - Modem Cable - Netherlands

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Netherlands modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1023) - Modem Cable - Swiss

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Switzerland modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1024) - Modem Cable - Denmark

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Denmark modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External docking station such as the #1103, #1104, #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23 or #EU07. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

• Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
• Attributes required: None.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • IBM i - not supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1111) - 3m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 3m Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

• Attributes provided: 3m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1112) - 10m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 10m Blue Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors..

• Attributes provided: 10m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1113) - 25m, Blue Cat5e Cable

This 25m Blue Cat5e cable is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

• Attributes provided: 25m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA

Having #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

• Attributes provided: Customization
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1752) - 900GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

900GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in Gen-2 carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

The drive can be reformatted to 528 byte sectors and then used by IBM i/ AIX/Linux/VIOS

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC SFF bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

• Attributes provided: 900GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
• Attributes required: one SFF (SFF-2) SAS GEN2 drive bay
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #1964
• Attributes required: see feature #1964
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1866) - Quantity 150 of #1917

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1917 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #1917
• Attributes required: see feature #1917
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1869) - Quantity 150 of #1925

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1925 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #1925
• Attributes required: see feature #1925
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1917) - 146GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

146GB SFF 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux) mounted in Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

• Attributes provided: 146GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen-2 carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1925) - 300GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

(No Longer Available as of July 8, 2016)

300GB SFF 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux). Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 512 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

• Attributes provided: 300GB SFF disk drive mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF Gen-2 bay
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #1953
• Attributes required: see feature #1953
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 300 GB with 512 byte formatting and is 283 GB with 528 byte sector. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8 system units.

• Attributes provided: 300 GB/283 GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
• Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  • supported in #5887

(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

600 GB SFF 10k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 600 GB with 512 byte formatting and is 571 GB with 528 byte sector.

Limitations: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8 system units.

• Attributes provided: 600GB/571GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
• Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#2146) - Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Only one of features 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.

(#2147) - Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Only one of features 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.

(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

• Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

• Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

• Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
• Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

• Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
• Attributes required: Async or serial port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3287) - 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 1 meter (3.3 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

• Attributes provided: 1 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
• Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3288) - 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

This 3 meter (9.8 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

• Attributes provided: 3 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
• Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3289) - 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 5 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand copper cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches.

• Attributes provided: 5 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
• Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES:

(#3290) - 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 10 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

• Attributes provided: 10 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
• Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3293) - 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 30 meter Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

• Attributes provided: 30 meter Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
• Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3632) - Widescreen LCD Monitor

(No Longer Available as of August 08, 2017)

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Black color
• Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
• Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
• Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
• Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
• Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter

• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/ partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

• Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

• Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

• Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port whilch is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/ 720/730/740 and Power S824/S822/S814/ S822L/S812L systems unit .

• Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port; attachment of ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#4242) 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

• Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
• Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M

This feature provides a 1.8M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

• Attributes provided: 1.8M Extension Cable
• Attributes required: USB Keyboard
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

• Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
• Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.
Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

• Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#4798) - Active Memory Expansion Enablement

This feature enables memory expansion on the system. Using compression/ decompression of memory content can effectively expand the maximum memory capacity providing additional server workload capacity and performance.

• Attributes provided: Enables Active Memory Expansion
• Attributes required: HMC is required to enable Active Memory Expansion.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - Supported
  • Linux - Supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#5000) - Software Preload Required

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.

• Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
• Attributes required: N/A
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#5285) - PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

The PCIe Gen-2 2-port 4X Infiniband QDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 40Gb assuming no other system or switch bottlenecks are present. This adapter performs the same function as #5283 but with a high profile (HP) tail stock and cannot be plugged into a low profile Gen-2 slot.

Limitation: Not supported by VIOS

• Attributes provided: PCIe2 2-Port 4X IB QDR Adapter 40Gb
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 full high slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#5287) - PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter

The PCIe2 2-port 10GbE SR Adapter is a full high, Gen2, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Characteristics

• MSI-X and support of legacy pin interrupts
• 10GBASE-Direct attach SFP+ twinax cable
• IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
• IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
• IEEE 802.3x flow control
• Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
• IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
• Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 KB
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4
• Receive side scaling and packet steering
• Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
• Attributes provided: PCIe-gen 2.0 x8 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics adapter
• Attributes required: 1 full high Gen2 PCIe slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.

(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B See also feature #5270 for the identical adapter except it has a low profile tail stock.

Highlights

• PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
• Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
• SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
• Non-volatile error log on the adapter
• Supported with AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC.
• Supported with IBM i under VIOS for FC and Ethernet NIC
• SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
• Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
• uses existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
• Based on Qlogic Converged Network Adapter (CNA)
• NPIV support requires VIOS for all OS environments

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

• Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
• Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
• Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
• Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.

(#5717) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is short/ low-profile, full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.

(#5729) - PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of December 13, 2019)

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high- performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12004 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

     OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

     Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
     ------|------------|-----------|----------|
     OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
     OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
     OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#5729 feature indicates a full high adapter. CCIN is 5729.

A Gen2 PCIe slot is required to provide the bandwidth for all four ports to operate at full speed.

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

• a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
• b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
• Attributes provided: Four Port Fibre Channel Adapter
• Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe Gen2 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  • Supported by VIOS

(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of December 13, 2019)

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

     OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
     OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

     Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps  |
     ------|------------|-----------|-----------|
     OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m |
     OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m  |
     OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m  |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also feature #EN0F or #EN0G for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on a QLogic adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is:

• a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and
• b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.
• Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  • Supported by VIOS

(#5744) - PCIe2 4-Port 10GbE&1GbE SR&RJ45 Adapter

(No Longer Available as of February 24, 2017)

This PCIe Gen2 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ SR optical transceiver ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports. This is a full high adapter.

For the 10Gb ports, LC Duplex type connectors and MMF-850nm fiber cable are used. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 meter length fiber cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 meter fiber cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3, up to 300 meter fiber cable lengths are supported.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, The RJ45 port, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters is supported. In addition to 1Gb (1000 Mb) networks, 100 Mb networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported. Note #5744 and #5280 adapters are physically and electronically identical except for their low profile or full high PCI slot attribute.

Highlights

• Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• PDU recovery (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)

Attributes

• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
• 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
• IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
• IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE)
• IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
• IEEE 802.3x flow control
• Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
• IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
• Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux and 10 Gb port Only)
• Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
• Attributes required: PCI Express full high slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#5748) - POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

Limitation: Placement of this PCIe adapter is not supported in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Drawer.

• Hardware Description
  • 128-bit graphics processor
  • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
  • 32 MB SDRAM
  • x1 PCI Express interface
  • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
• Features Supported
  • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
  • Rectangular clipping
  • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
  • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
  • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
  • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
• APIs Supported
  • X-Windows and Motif
• Software Requirements
  • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
• Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
• Attributes required: 1 PCI Express Slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9 (Initial order maximum: 9)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Only supported in CEC

(#5767) - 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.
  Note: Only supported in #EMX0, PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

(#5768) - 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 11, 2015)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

Orderable in China and Korea only. Supported in all other countries.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.
  Note: Only supported in #EMX0, PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.

(#5769) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 14, 2017)

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a full-high, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

• Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
• RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
• Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
• 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
• IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
• IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
• IEEE 802.3x flow control
• Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
• IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
• Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• Receive side scaling and packet steering
• Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
• IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
• APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
• Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
• Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported.

(#5771) - SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

This DVD drive reads and writes 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs. It also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

• Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
• CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
• DVD-RAM Write 5X
• Buffer Size 2MB and cannot be disabled

Limitations: DVD video is not supported.

• Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
• Attributes required: One SATA/SAS slimline (12.7mm) high media bay
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#5785) - 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports.

Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

• Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
• Attributes required: 1 full high PCIe Slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

Limitation: The mode is set at the IBM factory. The capability to change modes after manufacture is not offered.

• Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
• Attributes required:
  • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
  • Power System server, POWER6 or later
  • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
  • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include: for 5260 & 5899

• AIX NIM support
• IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
• Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
• Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
• Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
• Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 51 (Initial order maximum: 51)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#5901) - PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7226-1U3, 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter- to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives. See also feature #EJ1N.

The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S or EXP24S Disk Drawer or drives in a Power6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP12S or EXP24S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. With the EXP12S or EXP24S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Highlights

• Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP12S Disk Drawers or two #5887/#EL1S EXP24S Disk Drawers
• Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802/#EL36 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5802/#EL36 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S.
• Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers or configured with a #5803 and one #5887/#EL1S EXP24S.
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
• Concurrent firmware update
• Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
• Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#6068) - Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

• Attributes provided: Front Door
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6069) - Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

• Attributes provided: Front Door
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6248) - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

• Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6249) - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

• Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

• Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6272) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).

• Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6458) - Pwr Crd 4.3m 14ft to IBM PDU

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6671 (2.7M) or #6672 (2.0M).

• Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6460) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack OEM power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15) on the other end.

The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6469) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A) U.S.

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the wall or rack OEM power distribution unit. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15) on the other end for wall or OEM PDU.

The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6470) - Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length.

The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6471) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73 (InMetro NBR 14136). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6472) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6473) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Denmark

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6474) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6475) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Israel

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6476) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Lichtenstein, Switzerland

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6477) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6478) - Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A or 250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6489) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A 380-415V Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6491) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/63A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6492) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord

Feature #6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A rated power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes Provided: Power Cord PDU to wall
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6493) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

People's Republic of China.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6494) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

India

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6496) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6577) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU power jumper cord length (1.0M, 2.0M, 2.7M or 4.3M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order specifying factory integration with IBM racks (such as with 7014-T00 or T42 racks). Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650. Power jumper cord has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for C13 PDU receptacle).
Note: This feature is not used for MES orders except for bulk orders by SDI clients only. See C13/C14 jumper cord features #6458 (4.3M), #6671 (2.7M), #6672 (2.0M) when not using factory integration.

• Attributes provided: One power jumper cord
• Attributes required: At least one rack and the absence of #4650.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: 1 or 2 per I/O drawer or CEC. MES orderable for SDI's only. The MES order will ship the 14 foot cable equivalent to feature number 6458.

(#6580) - Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0551 and #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

• Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
• Attributes required: #0551 or #0553 19-Inch Rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6586) - Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

This feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.

• Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
• Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6651) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6653) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord

#6653 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/16A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6654) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord

Feature #6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A rated locking power cord with a Type 12 plug (NEMA L6-30P) which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes Provided: Power Cord PDU to wall
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6655) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A WR Power Cord

Feature #6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/30A rated water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes Provided: Power Cord PDU to wall
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6656) - 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6657) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord

#6657 is a 14-FT/4.3m 1PH/32A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: PDU power cable
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6658) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea

#6658 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type KP plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: PDU power cable
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6659) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6660) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length.

This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6665) - Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)

Standard IBM rack power jumper cord that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C20 on the other end (for IBM PDU C19 receptacle).

Note for power jumper cord which attach to PDUs with C13 receptacles, use features such as #6577, #6458, #6671, or #6672.

• Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6667) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia

#6667 is a 14-FT/4.3m 380-45V/32A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: PDU power cable
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6669) - Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6671) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6672 (2.0M).

• Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6671 (2.7M).

• Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#6680) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#7109) - Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

• Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#7118) - Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 Mb ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware 3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

• Attributes provided: Monitoring of temperature, humidity, and status of two contacts/ sensors. A one meter cat5 Ethernet cable, double sided velcro tape, two tie-wraps, and screw with wall anchor for mounting.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Maximum support is 8x 7118 per 0553 rack and 8x 7118 per 0551 rack. Maximum of one 7118 per 7109 is supported.

(#7188) - Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188:

• #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
• #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Pwr Cord
• #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
• #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
• #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
• #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
• #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
• #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
• #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit with Twelve C13 power outlets.
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#7196) Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

This AC power distribution unit provides six C19 power outlets. Fixed power cord (IEC309 60A plug (3P+G). This PDU requires 3-phase electrical service.

• Attributes provided: Six C19 power outlets
• Attributes required: 3 phase electical service
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

• Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#8143) - Linux Software Preinstall

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. Requires feature number 5000.

• Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
• Attributes required: Feature number 5000.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux.
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#8144) - Linux Software Preinstall (Business Partners)

This feature indicates that the Linux operating system is to be preinstalled on the system. Requires feature number 5000 or 7305. This feature is only available to IBM Business Partner - Solution Providers and IBM Business Partner - Systems Integrators.

• Attributes provided: Linux preinstall
• Attributes required: Feature number 5000 or 7305.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux.
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

• Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
• Attributes required: USB attachment Port
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required:
  • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator- System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9359) - specify mode-1 & (1)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with one PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 or #5278), utilizing one appropriate YO cable connecting to the I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

• Attributes provided: IOA configuration for Mode 1
• Attributes required: One YO cable (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/ EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on a #5901/#5278
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9360) - Specify mode-1 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (One group of 24 drive bays) with two individual PCIe 3G SAS controller (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to the 3G I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

• Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 1 with two (#5901 #5278)
• Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/ EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9361) - Specify mode-2 & (2)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of 12 drive bays) with two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate YO cables connecting to I/O Adapter (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

• Attributes provided: Designated IOA configurations for Mode 2
• Attributes required: Two YO cables (#3691/EL1T 1.5M, #3692/EL1V 3M, #3693/ EL1W 6M, #3694/ EL1U 15M) and one port on each of two #5901/#5278s
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 126 (Initial order maximum: 126)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9365) - Specify mode-4 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

• Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 4
• Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661/EL22 1.5M, #3662/EL23 3M, #3663//EL21 15M) and four #5901/#5278s dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 92 (Initial order maximum: 92)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9366) - Specify mode-2 & (4)5901/5278 for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or EL1S will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two sets of up to 12 drive bays) with four PCIe 3G SAS controllers (#5901 and/or #5278) utilizing two appropriate dual X cables connecting to I/O Adapters (IOA) ports. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or EL1S is shipped.

Supported by AIX and Linux.

• Attributes provided: IOA configurations for Mode 2
• Attributes required: Two dual X cables (##3661/EL22 1.5M, #3662/EL23 3M, #3663//EL21 15M) and four #5901/#5278s dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 92 (Initial order maximum: 92)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9440) - New AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9442) - New Red Hat License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9443) - New SUSE License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9444) - Other AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9445) - Other Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9446) - 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9447) - VIOS Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9449) - Other License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of other cores licensed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9450) - Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Ubuntu Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) - Month Indicator

This month indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) - Day Indicator

This day indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) - Hour Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) - Minute Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the AAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generatedd by eConfig.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) - Qty Indicator

This quantity indicator is used to specify the remaining, or N-1 quantity of CFR entities that need to be accumulated for rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.and is equal to N-1, where 'N' equals the total quantity of CFRs being rejoined.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

This administrative indicator used to identify each CFR associated with a date/time stamp that is eligible for splitting and rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) - Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) - Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9706) - Language Group Specify - Norwegian

Norwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: none
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: none
• Attributes required: none
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) - Language Group Specify -- Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9726) - Language Group Specify - Croatian

Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) - Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9728) - Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9729) - Language Group Specify - Thai

Thai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: n/a
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EBA5) - HVDC PDU Horizontal Mounting

(No Longer Available as of May 13, 2016)

Specify feature communicates to IBM Manufacturing that a HVDC DPU such as feature #EPAA or feature #EPAE should be horizontally mounted vs vertically mounted. PDU uses 1U rack space when horizontally mounted, but makes accessing power cords much easier than in a side pocket.

• Attributes provided: Manufacturing communication information
• Attributes required: HVDC PDU
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB27) - QSFP+ 40GBase-SR Transceiver

IBM QSFP+ optical tranceiver required for 40 Gbs ports which are not using copper QSFP+ transceiver.

• Attributes provided: QSFP+ tranceiver for 40 Gbs ports.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 122 (Initial order maximum: 122)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  • Supports adapter#EC3B
  • Optical cables for the transceiver are: #EB2J and #EB2K
  • Copper cables for the transceiver are: #EB2B, #EB2H and ECBN

(#EB2B) - 1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

• Attributes provided: 1m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
• Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB2H) - 3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

• Attributes provided: 3m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
• Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB2J) - 10m (30.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity.

• Attributes provided: 10m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
• Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB2K) - 30m (90.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ MTP Optical Cable

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity.

• Attributes provided: 30m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
• Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB2M) - AC Power Supply - 1400W for Server (200-240 VAC)

One 200 - 400V, 1400 watt AC power supply.

The power supply is configurated in a one plus one or two plus two configuration to provide redundancy. Supported in rack models only.

To be operational, a minimum power supply in the CEC base enclosure is required. If there is a power supply failure, any of the power supplies can be exchanged without interrupting the operation of the system.

This power supply is not supported on all models.

• Attributes provided:

  AC Power Supply.

• Attributes required: Supported on rack model only. Requires input voltage of 200 - 240 VAC.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB2N) - DC Power Supply - 1400W (180-400V)

(No longer available as of October 19, 2018)

One 180 - 400V, 1400 watt DC power supply.

The power supply is configured in a one plus one or two plus two configuration to provide redundancy. Supported in rack models only.

To be operational, a minimum power supply in the CEC base enclosure is required. If there is a power supply failure, any of the power supplies can be exchanged without interrupting the operation of the system.

This power supply is not supported on all models.

• Attributes provided:

  DC Power Supply.

• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Can not be manufacturing integrated into the rack.

(#EB2Z) - Lift Tool

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. #EB27 has a hand crank to lift and position up to 350 pounds or 159 kg. The #EB2Z length and width are 44 inches x 24.5 inches or 1.12 meters x 0.62 meters. It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data center.

• Attributes provided: Lift Tool
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB3Z) - Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)

This feature delivers the Low-Cost Lift Tool (based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)) for IBM servers.

Feature #EB3Z is a feature that is available on multiple server types (POWER S812L, S822L, S824L, S814, S824, S812, S822, E850C, E850, E880C, E870C, E880, and E870, also the rack models 7965-S42, 7014-T00, and 7014-T42). Failure to have at least one Lift tool available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. Lift tool feature EB3Z has a hand crank to lift and position up to 181 kg (400 lbs). The lift tool feature EB3Z operating length and width are 88.3 cm x 62.9 cm (34 3/4 x 24 3/4 in). It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data center.

• Attributes provided: Lift Tool
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB4Z) - Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z

This feature provides a separate tool kit to replace the flat shelf with a wedge/angle shelf at the client site.

Note: EB4Z wedge shelf is IBM SSR use only (due to safety labels/ instructions/certifications only for IBM and not filed for clients). A client can order feature EB4Z to ensure the tool is conveniently located on site in case an IBM SSR needed to use it and do not want to wait for the SSR to locate and bring in an EB4Z or to schedule additional personnel to manually handle server installation/removal from the rack.

Client is free to use EB3Z (without EB4Z) for their normal work.

• Attributes provided: Wedge/angle shelf
• Attributes required: Feature EB3Z
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: No
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC01) - Rack Front Door (Black)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a front door in flat black color with an IBM logo for the 7953-94X rack. A front door such as #EC01 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack. The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC02) - Rack Rear Door

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a rear door in flat black color for the 7953-94X rack. Either feature number EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94X. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack. The front doors , rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC03) - Rack Side Cover

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides two side panels in black color for the 7953-94X rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security. The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: Left and Right side panels for 7953 rack.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC04) - Rack Suite Attachment Kit

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides the attachment hardware to allow two IBM PureFlex System 42U Racks with or without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite. Order one EC04 feature for each 42U rack attached to the starting rack. For example, in a three-rack suite, order two EC04 features. When multiple racks are joined in this way without internal side panels, cables can be more easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. With the side panels installed optimum thermal efficiencies are gained. If the optional rear door heat exchanger is chosen, side panels must remain on racks in the suite. Side panels should be used on the leftmost and rightmost racks of the suite.

• Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC07) - Slim Rear Acoustic Door

Slim rear acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2. 0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

• Attributes provided: Rear Acoustic door
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC08) - Slim Front Acoustic Door

Slim front acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2. 0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

• Attributes provided: Acoustic front door
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC15) - Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Meter Slim Rack

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature indicates that the rear door heat exchanger (1164-95X) is ordered for the 7953-94Y rack. Either feature EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7953-94Y.

• Attributes provided: RDHX
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC17) - CAPI Activation

This activation feature enables the use of the Coherent Accelerator Processor Interface (CAPI) technology capabilities on POWER8 processor-based Power Systems using industry accelerator technologies. This can increase performance through faster computational efficiency and by requiring fewer resources to accomplish tasks through direct integration of workload accelerator(s) in the system. When using this optional feature (#EC17) one is required per server. The CAPI activation feature is generic and can be used with separately provided CAPI application or hardware from IBM or OEM.

• Attributes provided: activation/enablement
• Attributes required: None for enablement, but use of CAPI will also require CAPI-aware hardware and applications
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC2N) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical fiber ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes two pre-installed Optical Transceivers in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC2M and #EC2N have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BE), but have different tail stocks. #EC2M is low profile and #EC2N is full high. Compared to EC37/EC38, the EC2M/ EC2N have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC2M/EC2N is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC29/EC30.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

• AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
• IBTA RoCE v2 support.
• IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
• Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
• VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
• TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
• TCP checksum offload
• TCP segmentation offload
• UDP checksum offload
• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup

This feature is not available in the following countries: Abu Dhabi, Algeria, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Dubai, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates and Yemen.

• Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 51 (Initial order maximum: 51)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: NIM with NIC

(#EC30) - PCIe2 2-Port 10GbE RoCE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen2 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and supports the IBTA RoCE standard. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. The adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency. It minimizes CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes a pre-installed Optical Transceiver in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC29 and #EC30 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (EC29), but have different tail stocks. #EC29 is low profile and #EC30 is full high, Compared to Feature #EC27/EC28, the #EC29/EC30 have identical application capability and differ electronically only in that #EC27/EC28 have a SFP+ copper interface and a different CCIN where the #EC29/EC30 have an SFP+ SR optical interface.

• Attributes provided: Dual-port 10GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
• Attributes required:
  • Available GEN2 PCIe Slot
  • Firmware Level 740 or greater
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Limitations:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are not supported
  • This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapters.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: As of 3/12/2013 This feature is not available in the following EMEA countries, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia and United Arab Emirates which includes IBM Middle East - Dubai and Abu Dhabi and Yemen.
  • VIOS is required for IBM i
  • VIOS supported NIC capability only
  
  Note: For best possible performance, place in a PCIe Gen2 slot in the system unit.

(#EC38) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports for copper twinax cabling/transceivers. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meter in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. These cables also include copper transceivers. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC37 and #EC38 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BC), but have different tail stocks. #EC37 is low profile and #EC38 is full high. Compared to EC2M/EC2N, the EC37/ EC38 have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fiber vs copper twinax). The EC37/EC38 is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC27/EC28.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

• AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
• IBTA RoCE v2 support.
• IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
• Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
• VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
• TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
• TCP checksum offload
• TCP segmentation offload
• UDP checksum offload
• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup

This feature is not available in the following countries: Abu Dhabi, Algeria, Bahrain, Comoros, Djibouti, Dubai, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Malaysia, Morocco, Oman, Pakistan Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates and Yemen.

• Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 51 (Initial order maximum: 51)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported NIC capability only

(#EC3B) - PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 40 Gb Ethernet QSFP+ ports. NIC and IBTA RoCE protocols are supported.

RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. RoCE can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The #EC3A/EC3B adapter does not include transceivers. Shorter distance copper cables include transceivers on the end of the QSFP+ cable (see #EB2B (1m), #EB2H (3m), #ECBN (5m)). For longer distance use two optical SR transceiver (two #EB27). QSFP+ optical cables to be used with the #EB27 transceiver are #EB2J (10m) or #EB2K (30m). Do not mix copper and optical on the same adapter.

Feature code #EC3A and #EC3B have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN (57BD), but they have different tail stocks. #EC3A is low profile and #EC3B is full height.

AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.

• Attributes provided: 2-Port 40GbE NIC and RoCE (no transceiver)
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot (Gen3 preferred). Two Transceivers; QSFP+ cabling
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
• OS level required:

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported NIC capability only

(#EC3F) - PCIe3 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

The PCIe Gen3 x16 2-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2. The two 100Gb ports have QSFP+ connections which support EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. One adapter can support either or both types of cable. The user can choose to cable up just one port if they desire. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported. #EC3E and #EC3F adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEA. #EC3E has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EC3F has a full high tailstock bracket. See also #EC3T and #EC3U for a 1-port version of this adapter. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
• Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
• OS level required:
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, Service Pack 1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Ubuntu Server 14.04.4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Ubuntu Server 16.04, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Limitations:
  • Not supported by VIOS.
  • The total of feature codes #EC3F, #EC3U, and #EC3M per system, including a mix of these features per system, are restricted to a maximum of 3 per system.

(#EC3M) - PCIe3 2-port 100GbE (NIC&RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet x16 adapter provides two 100 Gb QSFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimize CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

IBM offers either passive copper twinax cables up to 2 meter in length or active optical cables up to 100 meters in length. See features #EB5J - #EB5M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable. See features #EB5R - #EB5Y for a 3M, 5M, 10M, 15M, 20M, 30M, 50M or 100M active optical cable. Transceivers are included on each end of these QSFP28 cables. Alternatively to the above supported cables, you may chose to order an IBM qualified and supported QSFP28 optical transceiver (feature #EB59) to put into the adapter and provide your own 100GE optical cabling with your own QSP28 optical transceiver for the other end.

Either one or both of the adapter's two QSP28 ports can be populated. When two ports are filled, both can have copper cables, both can have optical cables, or one can be copper and one can be optical.

Feature code #EC3L and #EC3M have identical electronics and function and CCIN (2CEC), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC3L is low profile and #EC3M is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 EN Network Controller. Attributes:

• PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x16
• PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
• RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
• NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
• RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
• NIC supported on all OSes
• TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
• LSO, LRO, checksum offload
• NIM boot support - Backward compatible with 40Gb Ethernet when using compatible cables/transceivers.
• Attributes provided: 2-port 100Gb Ethernet Adapter
• Attributes required: x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
• OS level required:
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 2, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Ubuntu Server 16.04.1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680, or later
  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
  
  Note: AIX 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology level or later supports both Ethernet and RoCE capability. AIX 6.1, 7.1 and VIOS support Ethernet capability only.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Limitations:
  • VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
  • The total of feature codes #EC3F, #EC3U, and #EC3M per system, including a mix of these features per system, are restricted to a maximum of 3 per system.

(#EC3U) - PCIe3 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

The PCIe Gen3 x16 1-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. The port's maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2. The 100Gb port has a QSFP+ connection which supports EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported. #EC3T and #EC3U adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEB. #EC3T has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EC3U has a full high tailstock bracket. See also #EC3E and #EC3F for a 2-port version of this adapter. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
• Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
• OS level required:
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11, Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, Service Pack 1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Ubuntu Server 14.04.4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
  • Ubuntu Server 16.04.1, or later, with Mellanox OFED 3.3, or later
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Limitations:
  • Not supported by VIOS.
  • The total of feature codes #EC3F, #EC3U, and #EC3M per system, including a mix of these features per system, are restricted to a maximum of 3 per system.

(#EC42) - PCIe2 3D Graphics Adapter x1

(No Longer Available as of December 29, 2017)

(No Longer Available as of March 28, 2017)
Note: Feature EC42 is withdrawn only in the following European countries: Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom. and Switzerland.

There are two identical 3D adapters EC41 with a low profile tail stock and EC42 with full high tail stock.

When using graphic adapter for Partition Firmware Console to select an install or boot device use #3632 display or rack mount 7316-TF4 display. Withdrawn display #3644 or withdrawn rack mount 7316-TF3 display may also be used.

Limit of one adapter per LPAR.

Limitation: Placement of this PCIe adapter is not supported in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Drawer.

• Attributes provided: Graphics adapter with DMS-59 Dual DVI cable
• Attributes required: one available full height PCIe2 slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - is not supported
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 or later
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Only supported in CEC.

(#EC46) - PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 4-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC45 and #EC46 USB adapters are electroncially identical with the same 58F9 CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC45 is low profile and #EC46 is full high.

• Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
• Attributes required: One available full height PCIe slot.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Only supported in #EMX0, PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

(#EB50) - 0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

0.5 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5m = #EB50, 1m = #EB51, 2m = #EB52, 1.5m = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

• Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB51) - 1.0m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5m = #EB50, 1m = #EB51, 2m = #EB52, 1.5m = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

• Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB52) - 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

• Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB54) - 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 meter length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fiber cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

• Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EC55) - PCIe3 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter

(No longer available as of August 7, 2020)

This feature ships 1.6 TB of low write latency, nonvolatile flash memory on a PCIe Gen3 adapter. Adapter uses NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) which is a high performance software interface to read/write this flash memory. Adapter physically is half length x4 adapter which can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe Gen3 slot in the system unit. Compared to SAS/SATA SSD the NVMe adapter can provide significantly more read or write IOPS and significantly larger throughput (GB/sec). CCIN is 58CB. Adapter card is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 8,760 TB of data can be written over the life of the adapter, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the adapter's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance. For high value applications where the content in the adapter must be protected, using additional NVMe Flash adapter(s) with OS mirroring or software RAID is recommended. #EC54 and #EC55 are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC54 fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC55 fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC56/EC57 for a card with more memory. Limitations: Not supported in PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Data protection not implemented in the card and protection provided by OS mirroring or software RAID.

• Attributes provided: 1.6 TB of low latency flash memory with boot capability
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX not supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Assignment to the VIOS not supported.

(#EC57) - PCIe3 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter

(No longer available as of August 7, 2020)

This feature ships 3.2 TB of write low latency, nonvolatile flash memory on a PCIe Gen3 adapter. Adapter uses NVMe (Non-Volatile Memory express) which is a high performance software interface to read/write this flash memory. Adapter physically is half length x4 adapter which can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe Gen3 slot in the system unit. Compared to SAS/SATA SSD the NVMe adapter can provide significantly more read or write IOPS and significantly larger throughput (GB/sec). CCIN is 58CC. Adapter card is designed for read intensive workloads with light write activity. Approximately 17,500 TB of data can be written over the life of the adapter, but depending on the nature of the workload may be somewhat larger. After the warranty period, if the maximum write capability is achieved, the adapter's replacement is not covered under IBM maintenance. For high value applications where the content in the adapter must be protected, using additional NVMe Flash adapter(s) with OS mirroring or software RAID is recommended. #EC56 and #EC57 are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC56 fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC57 fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC54/EC55 for a card with less memory. Limitations: Not supported in PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Data protection not implemented in the card and protection provided by OS mirroring or software RAID.

• Attributes provided: 3.2 TB of low latency flash memory with boot capability
• Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX not supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: Assignment to the VIOS not supported.

(#EB59) - 100Gb Optical Transceiver QSFP28

One optical transceiver for 100Gb Ethernet adapter such as #EC3L or #EC3M using QSFP28. Does not include cable.

See also AOC fiber cables which include QSFP28 transceivers ER5R - EB5Y.

• Attributes provided: Optical Transceiver QSFP28 100Gb.
• Attributes required: Port on adapter with QSFP28 socket.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5A) - 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

3 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5B) - 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

5 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5C) - 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

10 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5D) - 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

15 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5E) - 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

20 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5F) - 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

30 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5G) - 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

50 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5H) - 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

100 meter length optical fiber cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5J) - 0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

0.5 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5K) - 1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5L) - 1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5M) - 2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 meter length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5R) - 3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

3 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5S) - 5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

5 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5T) - 10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

10 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5U) - 15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

15 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5V) - 20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

20 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5W) - 30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

30 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5X) - 50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

50 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EB5Y) - 100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

100 meter length Active Optical fiber Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fiber cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

• Attributes provided: Optical fiber cable with QSFP28 transceivers
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECB0) - 0.6m (2.0-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable

This 0.6M Cat5e cables is used with ports/transceivers that have RJ-45 connectors.

• Attributes provided: 0.6m Cat5e Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECB2) - 1.5m (4.9-ft), Blue CAT5 Ethernet Cable

This cable connects the Flex System Enterprise Chassis to managed PDUs and the IBM Storwize V7000 Disk System.

• Attributes provided: 1.5m Cat5 Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: RJ45 ports/transceivers.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBJ) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBK) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

This 6 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBL) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBM) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 15 meter SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3458 15m SAS X cable, except #ECBM connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBN) - 5m (16.4-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethernet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

• Attributes provided: 5m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
• Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBT) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3450 1.5m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBT connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBU) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3451 3m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBU connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBV) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3452 6m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBV connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBW) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3453 10m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBW connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBX) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 15 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3457 15m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBX connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation

• Does not support 6Gb throughput.
• When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.
• Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBY) - SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 4 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS tape drive or DVD. The tape drive or DVD is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This AE cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and one Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. The Mini-SAS connector attaches to a SAS tape drive enclosure or DVD. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBY when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5507 of the IBM tape enclosure or DVD.

• Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS tape drive or DVD with Mini-SAS connectors
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive or DVD.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECBZ) - SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 meter SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to one or two SAS tape drives. The tape drive(s) is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. Each Mini-SAS connector attaches to a different SAS tape drive enclosure. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBZ when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5509 of the IBM tape enclosure.

• Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and one or two SAS tape drives with Mini-SAS connectors.
• Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC0) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/ O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5918 0.6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC0 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC2) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/ O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5917 1.5m SAS AA cable, except #ECC2 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC3) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/ O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5915 3m SAS AA cable, except #ECC3 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC4) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/ O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters. p.This cable is almost identical to the #5916 6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC4 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

• Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC7) - 3M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 3.0 meter active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC8 (10 meter).

• Attributes provided: Pair of 3 meter active optical cables
• Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module iin a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECC8) - 10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 10.0 meter active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC6 (2 meter). The 10 meter length is suggested for cabling to a different rack.

• Attributes provided: Pair of 10 meter active optical cables
• Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0)
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECCF) - System Port Converter Cable for UPS

Converter cable allows a serial cable attached to a Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) to connect to a USB port on the server's service processor card. Cable's connectors are USB (Male) and 9 PIN D SHELL (Female) and the cable's length is about 1.6m (60 inches). The UPS can provide power status information over the cable to IBM i.

• Attributes provided: Converter Cable
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECCS) - 3M Copper CXP Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

This 3.0 meter cable pair connects a PCIe3 fan-out module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical copper cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 fan-out module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports.

"Optical" Converter Adapter features were named when only optical cables were announced and copper cables were not planned. The output of the adapter is a CXP interface which can also be used for this copper cable pair.

See also optical AOC cables features for cables which are much thinner and can be longer such as the feature #ECC8 (10 meter) cable, but are more costly.

Limitation: Can not mix copper and optical cables on the same PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Both fan-out modules use copper cables or both use optical cables.

• Attributes provided: Pair of 3 meter CXP copper cables
• Attributes required:
  • CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ05 or #EJ08) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF or EMXG /ELMF or ELMG in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0/ ELMX).
  • Firmware level 8.40 or later.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDJ) - 3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDK) - 4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDL) - 10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 meter SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDT) - 1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 1.5 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDU) - 3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDV) - 4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECDW) - 10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 meter SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable can not be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECE0) - 0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 0.6 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5918. #5918 and #ECE0 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECE3) - 3.0M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 3.0 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5915. #5915 and #ECE3 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECE4) - 4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 4.5 meter SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf

• Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
• Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJ5) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord

This power cord feature ECJ5 contains an Amphenol type of connector and only supported on PDUs ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.

ECJ5 has a 4-pin IEC 60309 style plug, 430P9W. It contains three line conductors and a protective earth, but no neutral. ECJ5 is supported in countries that use a delta electrical distribution. ECJ5 is not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: PDU features ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJ7) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord

This power cord feature ECJ7 contains an Amphenol type of connector and only supported on PDUs ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.

ECJ7 has a 4-pin IEC 60309 style plug, 460P9W. It contains three line conductors and a protective earth, but no neutral. ECJ7 is supported in countries that use a delta electrical distribution. ECJ7 is not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: PDU features ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJJ) - High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt single-phase or 380-415/220-240 volt three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. Three-phase wye-wired connectors have 5-pins and use three line conductors, a neutral, and a protective earth. The input is 380-415 volt line-to-line and the output is 220-240 volt line-to-neutral for three-phase wye PDUs.

See three-phase #ECJK/ECJL for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#ECJG and #ECJJ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJG can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTJ PDU.

• Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
• Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
• Attributes required: PDU wall line cord and space in 19-inch rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJL) - High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt 3-phase delta AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Three-phase delta-wired connectors have 4-pins and use three line conductors and a protective earth. The input is 200-240 volt line-to-line and the output is 200-240 volt line-to-line for three-phase delta PDUs.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to the Amphenol inlet connector. Supported line cords include features #ECJ5 and #ECJ7.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#ECJK and #ECJL are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJK can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTL PDU.

Not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

• Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
• Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
• Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJN) - High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt single-phase or 380-415/220-240 volt three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. Three-phase wye-wired connectors have 5-pins and use three line conductors, a neutral, and a protective earth. The input is 380-415 volt line-to-line and the output is 220-240 volt line-to- neutral for three-phase wye PDUs.

See three-phase #ECJP/ECJQ for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C14 plug connect to C13 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

Feature #ECJM and #ECJN are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJM can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no- charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTN PDU.

• Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
• Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
• Attributes required: PDU wall line cord and space in 19-inch rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECJQ) - High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt 3-phase delta AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Three-phase delta-wired connectors have 4-pins and use three line conductors and a protective earth. The input is 200-240 volt line-to-line and the output is 200-240 volt line-to-line for three-phase delta PDUs.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to the Amphenol inlet connector. Supported line cords include features #ECJ5 and #ECJ7.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

#ECJP and #ECJQ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJP can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTP PDU.

Not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

• Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
• Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
• Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECR0) - 2.0 Meter Slim Rack

2.0 Meter Slim Rack

• Attributes provided: 2.0 Meter Slim Rack
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: One of feature #ECRF, and one of feature #ECRG and two of feature #ECRJ are required per one #ECR0 ordered.

(#ECRF) - Rack Front Door High-End appearance

This feature provides a front door in High-End appearance with an IBM logo for the S42 rack. A front door such as #ECRF is recommended on the S42 rack. A front door is required on ECR0 rack. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack.

The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECRG) - Rack Rear Door Black

This feature provides a rear door in flat black color for the S42 rack. Feature number ECRF and ECR0 rack and ECRG are recommended on the S42 rack. A front and rear door is required on the ECR0 rack.

The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack.

The front doors, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECRJ) - Rack Side Cover

This feature provides one side panels in black color for the S42 or feature #ECR0 rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended on S42 rack. 2x ECRJ are required on every ECR0 for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security.

The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

• Attributes provided: One side panel for rack.
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECRK) - Rack Rear Extension 5-In

• Attributes provided: Rack Rear Extension
• Attributes required: Maximum one per feature #ECR0 rack
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECRM) - Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)

• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
• OS level required:
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECSF) - Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France

Having #ECSF on the order, will cause the order to be routed to France and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

• Attributes provided: Customization
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#ECSM) - Custom Service Specify, Mexico

Having #ECSM on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Mexico and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

• Attributes provided: Customization
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#ECSP) - Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA

Having #ECSP on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Poughkeepsie, USA and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

• Attributes provided: Customization
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#ECW0) - Optical Wrap Plug

A wrap plug is a small connector designed to perform a diagnostic test called a loopback test. This wrap plug is inserted into a SR optical port on a PCIe Fibre Channel adapter or a SR or LR optical port on a PCIe Ethernet adapter

This is a multi-mode LC fiber optic wrap plug with an inside/ outside optics diameter of 50/125. Its IBM part number as of early 2016 is 12R9314. An earlier equivalent function IBM part number which is no longer shipped is 11P3847.

It is strongly recommended that Fibre Channel adapters (HBAs) fill any empty adapter ports with a wrap plug. There is no technical issue leaving a port empty. However, filling all ports with a cable to a device/switch or with a wrap plug can speed the booting/IPLing of a partition and can avoid error messages uselessly pointing to a planned empty port.

There is no technical issue leaving an Ethernet port empty. Whether an Ethernet port is empty or contains a wrap plug should not impact boot/IPL time or impact empty-port messages.

• Attributes provided: Wrap plug
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EHCE) - IBM Cognos Business Intelligence

Routing indicator for IBM Cognos Business Intelligence on Power Solution.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
• OS level required:
  • AIX 6.1 and 7.1 or later supported
  • IBM i - not supported
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EHDS) - InfoSphere Information Server (IIS) / Data Stage

Routing indicator for InfoSphere Information Server (IIS) / Data Stage on Power Solution.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
  • AIX 6.1 and 7.1 or later supported
  • IBM i - not supported
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EHKV) - SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE

SAP HANA tracking feature that defines manufacturing routing.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required:
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EHR1) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)

Indicates that boot drive (disks or SSDs) are placed in an EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure

• Attributes provided: Boot drive location specify
• Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EHR2) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)

Indicates that boot drive or load source (disks or SSDs)are placed in an EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure

• Attributes provided: Boot drive / load source location specify
• Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EHS2) - SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
• OS level required: N/A
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EHSS) - SPSS Modeler Server Gold

This feature specifies a SPSS on Power Solution. The solution will be integrated at the Customer Solution Center.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
• CSU: N/A
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EJ08) - PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

PCIe3 x16 adapter provides two CXP ports for the attachment of two active optical CXP cables (AOC) or two CXP copper cables. One adapter supports the attachment of one PCIe3 fan-out module in a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. CCIN is 2CE2

EJ08 is similar to EJ05 and EJ07, but has different packaging and different CCIN.

• Attributes provided: PCIe3 adapter with two CXP ports to attach two active optical cables or two CXP copper cables.
• Attributes required: PCIe3 x16 slot in system pair of CXP cables (one cable pair feature such as #ECC7 or #ECCS). Copper cables require Firmware 8.40 or later.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S level for Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#EJ0J) - PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6 Gb x8

The PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter is a high performance SSD/HDD controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter does not have write cache and thus pairing with another PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter (#EJ0J or #EJ0M) is optional. Pairing can provide controller redundancy and enhance performance. There are no batteries in the adapter to maintain.dapter to maintain.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the EXP24S, EXP12SX or EXP24SX storage enclosures or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached. A maximum of 48 SSD can be attached and a maximum of 96 HDD can be attached per adapter or per adapter pair.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM).

Features #EJ0J and #EJ0M are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 57B4. #EJ0J has a full-high tailstock bracket and air baffle. #EJ0M has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EJ10/#EJ11 are identical with #EJ0J/#EJ0M, but have different feature codes to identify their use as tape/DVD controllers to IBM configurator tools instead of disk/SSD controllers.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array..

Limitations:

• HDD/SSD workloads which are performance sensitive to WRITES should use the #EJ14 or #EJ0L controller which provides write cache.
• HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
• #5886 3.5-inch SAS Storage Drawer is not supported.
• 177 GB SSD are not supported.
• Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter or adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
• If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a single controller, the #EJ0J must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36. If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a pair of controllers, at least one of the SAS adapter pairs must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36.
• Tape/DVD cannot be mixed with disk/SSD on the same adapter.
• Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS RAID adapter with no write cache and optional pairing.
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12 Gb cables such as #ECDJ, ECDT or #ECDU.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 33 (Initial order maximum: 33)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#EJ0L) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12 GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX storage enclosures or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 48 SSD. Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #EJ0L pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD.

The #EJ0L provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). This adapter can also support the Easy Tier function (RAID 52T, 62T or 102T) for AIX and Linux. The adapter's CCIN is 57CE.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

• HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
• #5886 3.5-inch SAS I/O Drawer is not supported.
• 177 GB SSD are not supported.
• Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
• If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 at least one of the #EJ0L pairs must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36.
• Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12 GB write cache.
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4.or 12 Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
• Note:
  • VIOS supported
  • Used in adapter pairs. Restricted to x16 PCIe slots

(#EJ10) - PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 SAS Adapter is a high performance SAS tape controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. It supports LTO-5 or later tape drives and DVD. The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors to which AE1 SAS cables such as #ECBY and/or YE1 SAS Cables such as #ECBZ with HD narrow connectors can be attached. A max of 4 tape drives per adapter can be attached using four AE1 cables. A max of 8 tape drives can be attached using four YE1 cables.

#EJ10 (full high) and #EJ11 (low profile) are electronically the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but differ in that their tailstocks fit different size PCIe slots.

#EJ0J and #EJ10 are the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but have different feature code numbers to indicate different usage to IBM configurator tools. #EJ10 runs SAS LTO-5 or later drives and DVD. Support of both tape/DVD and HDD/SSD on the same adapter is not supported.
Note: The original #EJ0X adapter does not support DVD but also has the same CCIN.
Note: Adapter uses a Mini-SAS HD narrow connector and AE1 #ECBZ or YE1 #ECBY SAS cable.

Limitation: LTO-4 or earlier drives are not supported.

• Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS adapter
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 33 (Initial order maximum: 33)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#EJ14) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12 GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of #EJ14 adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12 GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache.

The #EJ14 provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S, EXP12SX, or EXP24SX storage enclosures X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 72 SSD per pair of #EJ14. If more than 48 SSD are attached, no HDD can be attached. A mix of EXP24S, EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported on the same adapter pair.

Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #E14L pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD.

Feature #EJ14 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10, RAID 5T2, RAID 6T2, and RAID 10T2 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. Two tier arrays (5T2, 6T2 and 10T2) combine both HDD and SSD into a single array with Easy Tier functionality. AIX/Linux/VIOScan also provide OS mirroring (LVM).

On systems that support IBM i, the adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. RAID 10 is supported by IBM i 7.2. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading.

This adapter is very similar to the #EJ0L SAS adapter, but #EJ14 uses a second CPU chip in the card to provide more IOPS capacity and can attach more SSD. The #EJ14 adapter's CCIN is 57B1.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

• Not supported on POWER7/POWER7+ servers.
• HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter
• Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12 GB write cache.
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12 Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
• OS level required:
  • IBM i not supported
  • AIX version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
  • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
  • AIX version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later (planned availability September 8, 2016)
  • AIX version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, big endian, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, Service Pack 4, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 1, or later
  • Ubuntu 16.04, or later

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
• Note:
  • VIOS 2.2.4.20 or later
  • Used in adapter pairs. Restricted to x16 PCIe slots

(#EJ1P) - PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This is a PCIe Gen1 short x8 form factor adapter. It supports the attachment of SAS tape and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. The PCIe1 can be used for external tape drives which are not supported on the newer and faster 4-port 6Gb PCIe3 adapter (see feature code #EJ10/EJ11/EL60). The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM multimedia drawers such as the 7226-1U3 or 7214-1U2 or tape units such as the TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives.

SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) 3Gb cables with mini-SAS connectors are used to attach these drives. See feature codes #3684 (3 meter) and #3685 (6 meter). The same AE cables can often alternatively be ordered under the tape enclosure or multimedia drawer.

Feature EJ1P and EJ1N are electrically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 57B3. EJ1P has a full-high tailstock bracket and EJ1N has a low profile tailstock bracket. Feature EJ1P/EJ1N is the same adapter as #5901/5278 but designates to IBM configurator tools that the usage will be tape/DVD and will not be used for disk.

• Attributes provided: Two mini SAS 4x connectors
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
• OS level required:
  • IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later, supported via VIOS only
  • IBM i 7.2 TR3, or later, supported via VIOS only
  • AIX Version 6.1, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.5, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.1, little endian, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 11.3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise 12, or later
  • Ubuntu not supported
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No
  Note: VIOS supported

(#EJ27) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor No BSC 4765-001

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security- sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#EJ27, #EJ28 and #EJ29 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ27 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ28 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #EJ29 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette.

#EJ27, EJ28 and EJ29 are identical to #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters which were manufactured after 2012, but different from #4807, #4808 and #4809 adapters manufactured prior to 2012.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

• Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
• Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standard
• Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
• Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
• Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
• PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
• Encrypt/Decrypt using AES and DES keys
• Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
• Attributes required: One full-high PCIe slot which does not use a blind swap cassette
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - not supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJ28) - PCIe Crypto Coprocessor Gen3 BSC 4765-001

(No Longer Available as of January 20, 2017)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security-sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe 4x full height - short card.

#EJ28 and #EJ29 are all feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4765, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ28 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette. #EJ29 indicates a Gen 4 blind swap cassette. 2

#EJ28 and EJ29 are identical to #4808 and #4809 adapters which were manufactured after 2012, but different from #4808 and #4809 adapters manufactured prior to 2012.

Other IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

• Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability
• Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture or PKCS#11 standand
• Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
• Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
• Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
• PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
• Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates.

http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

• Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
• Attributes required: One full-high PCIe slot using a gen3 blind swap cassette such as found in an EM0X Gen3 I/O drawer or #5802/5803/5873/5877 12X-attached I/O drawer
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - not supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJ32) - PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor no BSC 4767

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security- sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe Gen 3 x4 full height - short card. The adapter runs in dedicated mode only (no PowerVM virtualization).

#EJ32 and #EJ33 are both feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4767. Different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ32 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ33 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette.

IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

• Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability, often 2x performance improvement over prior generation crypto cards
• Uses newer level Power Processor (PPC) processor than previous generation cards
• Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA 5.3) and PKCS#11 standand
• Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
• Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
• Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
• PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
• Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

• Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
• Attributes required: One full-high PCIe Gen3 slot which doesn't use a blind swap cassette
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
• OS level required:
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680, or later
  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 2, or later
  • Ubuntu 16.04.01, or later

  Linux software support can be downloaded from the following location:

  http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/pciecc2/or dersoftware.shtml

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJ33) - PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security- sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe Gen 3 x4 full height - short card. The adapter runs in dedicated mode only (no PowerVM virtualization).

#EJ32 and #EJ33 are both feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4767. Different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ32 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ33 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette.

IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

• Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability, often 2x performance improvement over prior generation crypto cards
• Uses newer level Power Processor (PPC) processor than previous generation cards
• Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA 5.3) and PKCS#11 standard
• Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
• Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
• Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
• PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
• Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

• Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
• Attributes required: One full-high PCIe Gen3 slot which uses a blind swap cassette
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
• OS level required:
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 3 and APAR IV88680, or later
  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 8 and APAR IV88679, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.2, little endian, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Linux 12, Service Pack 2, or later
  • Ubuntu 16.04.01, or later

  Linux software support can be downloaded from the following location:

  http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/pciecc2/or dersoftware.shtml

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJPJ) - Specify mode-2 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that one EXP24 SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to one PCIe 3G SAS controller (5901/ 5278) using one appropriate YO cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped."

• Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled
• Attributes required: One YO cable (#3691/#EL1Z 1.5M, #3692/#EL20 3M, #3693/ #EL1W 6M, #3694/#EL1U 15M) and one (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJPK) - Specify mode-2 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that one EXP24 SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays) with only one group of 12 drive bays enabled by connecting to two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/5278) using one appropriate X cable. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

• Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 2 with 12 drive bays enabled
• Attributes required: One dual X cable (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and two (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJPL) - Specify mode-4 (1)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with only one group of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to one PCIe 3G SAS controller (5901/ 5278) using one appropriate X cable connecting to only one adapter port. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

• Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 6 drive bays enabled
• Attributes required: One dual X cable #3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and one (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJPM) - Specify mode-4 (2)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with two groups of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to two PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/ 5278) using one appropriate X cable connecting to only one adapter port on each controller. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

• Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 12 drive bays enabled
• Attributes required: One dual X cable (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and two (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJPN) - Specify mode-4 (3)5901/5278 for EXP24 #5887 or #EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature indicates that EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887 or #EL1S) will be configured to Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays) with three groups of 6 drive bays enabled by connecting to three PCIe 3G SAS controllers (5901/ 5278) using two appropriate X cables connecting to only one adapter port on each controller. IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

• Attributes provided: Designated #5887 or #EL1S configuration in Mode 4 with 18 drive bays enabled
• Attributes required: Two dual X cables (#3661/#EL22 1 1.5M, #3662/#EL23 3M, #3663/#EL21 15M) and three (5901/5278) dedicated to the single #5887 or #EL1S
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B ) and one 6G YO SAS Cable.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter, one SAS YO cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two (one pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR3) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (one pair) RAID PCIe3 SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR4) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four (two pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR5) - Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using four (unpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR6) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawe, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter,two SAS YO cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJR7) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRA) Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G YO SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR7.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G YO SAS cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRB) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR4.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRC) - Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5, #EJRD or #EJRE.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G X SAS cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRD) - Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5 or #EJRE.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRE) - Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using three (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of one X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, three PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, two 6G X SAS cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRF) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode1, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS YO cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
  • IBM i not supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRG) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode 2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
  • IBM i not supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRH) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, one SAS X cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported
  • IBM i not supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRJ) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cable.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, four PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • IBM i not supported
  • Refer to #EJ14
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRL) -Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter

Feature EJRL must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ14. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ14 on one system and the paired #EJ14 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized as its pair. This specify indicates the pairing will not be on just one server.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: Only one #EJ14 on a server and its pair on a different server.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRP) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS YO cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRR) - Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Specify feature EJRR (Specify mode-2 & (4 )EJ0L for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12 SFF bays) and four PCIe2 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb. Select #EJ0L and two appropriate length HD narrow X cable (#ECBJ -#ECBM). Include two AA cables (#ECCO - #ECC4) between each pair of SAS adapters (total of 4 AA cables). Note: IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

• Attributes provided: Configure #5887/EL1S in Mode 2
• Attributes required: Two dual X cables, four AA cables and one port on each of four #EJ0Ls dedicated to the single #5887/EL1S.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: None
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#EJRS) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS X cables
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRT) Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, one SAS X cable
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJRU) - Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature EJRU must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ0L. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ0L on one system and the paired #EJ0L located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

• Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
• Attributes required: Every #EJ0L requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#EJ0L) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
• OS level required:
  • AIX - supported
  • Linux - supported

  Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.

• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ES LL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV3) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV4) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four (two pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV5) - Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to four (unpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV6) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJV7) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVA) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV7.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVB) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV4.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVC) - Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of the X12 cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP12SX Drawer (#ESLL/ELLL) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EL59/EJ0M/EL3B) and one X12 SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP12SX. If adapters/ cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVD) - Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5 or #EJVE.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVE) - Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Three (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of one of the two X12 cables is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVF) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJVP) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJW1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJW2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

(#EJW3) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

• Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
• Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
• Minimum required: 0
• Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
• OS level required: Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No